Nokia 7360 User Manual
Nokia 7360 Use r Guide 9243654 Issue 1
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMITY We, NO KIA COR POR ATI ON de cla re un der our so le r es ponsi bil ity tha t th e prod uc t RM- 127 is in co nformi ty with the p rov ision s of the fo llow ing Co uncil Dir ective: 199 9/5/ EC. A c op y of the De cla rat ion o f C onf orm ity can be fo un d fr om ht tp:/ /w ww. n okia .com / phon es/ de cl arat ion _of_ co n formi ty/ . The crossed-out wheeled bin means that within the European Union the product mu st be taken to se parat e co lle ction at the prod uct e nd-of lif e. Thi s a ppli es to y our d evi ce but also t o any enha nceme nts m ark ed wit h thi s sy mbol. Do not dis pose of the se product s as unso rted muni cipa l was te. Copy r ight é 20 05 Nok ia . Al l righ t s re se rv ed. Reprodu cti on, tra nsfe r, dis tr ibuti on or st orage of par t or a ll o f the cont ent s in th is d ocume nt in any f orm without the prior written permission of Nokia is prohibited. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Xpress-on, and Pop-P ort are trademarks or registered trademark s of Nokia Cor porati on . Othe r pr oduc t and compa ny na mes men tio ned h erei n ma y be tr ademar k s or tra denam es of th eir re spect ive own ers. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corporation. US Patent No 5818437 and other pendin g pate nts. T 9 text inpu t soft ware Copy righ t (C) 19 97-200 5. Tegi c Comm unications, Inc. All rights reserved. Inclu des R SA BS AFE cryp togra phi c or s ecu rity prot ocol softw ar e from R SA S ecur ity. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
This pr oduct is lice nsed u nder th e MPEG -4 Vis ual P aten t Portf oli o Li cense (i) f or pe rso nal an d no ncom m ercia l use in c onne ctio n wi th in form atio n w hich h as b een enco de d in c omp lian ce wi th t he MPEG-4 Visual Sta ndard by a co nsumer engaged in a p ersonal an d noncommercial activ ity and (i i) for u se in co nnect ion with MP EG-4 v ideo prov ided by a li cens ed v ideo provi der. No li cens e is grante d o r shall be impli ed f or any oth er us e. A dditi on al in form atio n, i ncl udin g tha t rel ate d to p romoti ona l, inte rnal , and comm ercia l uses, ma y be obt ained from MPE G LA , LLC. See <h ttp://ww w.mp egla.com >. Nokia oper ate s a poli cy of co ntin uous deve lopm ent. Noki a res erve s the rig ht to make chan ges an d impro veme nts to any of the prod uct s desc ribe d in this doc ument with out pr io r noti ce. Un der n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any speci al, inci den tal, c onse que ntial or in dir ect dama ges how soev er ca used. T h e c o n t e nt s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a pp l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t ie s o f an y kin d, e ithe r exp res s or i mp lied , inc ludi ng, but not li mi ted to, th e im plie d w arran tie s of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose , are made in relation to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notice. The av aila bili ty of par ticu lar prod ucts m ay va ry by r egi on. Pl ease che ck wi th the Noki a dea ler ne are st t o you. This device may c onta in com moditi es, tech nol ogy or softw are s ubject to export laws and regu la tions fro m the U S and ot her co untries . Div ersio n con trary to la w is p rohibit ed. 9243 654 /I ssu e 1
4 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Contents For your safety ..................................................... ................................................ 9 General information ............................................. ............................................. 13 Overvie w of functions ....................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 13 Acce ss codes ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 14 Confi guration s ettings s ervice ........................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 15 Dow nload co ntent a nd appl ications .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 16 Nokia sup port and contact information ...... ................. ................................ ................................ ... .. 16 1. Get started .......................... .............................. ............................................. 17 Instal l the SIM card and battery .................... ................................. ................ .......................... ........... 17 Charge the battery ............................. ................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 19 Switc h the phone on and off .......................... ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 20 Antenna . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ...................... .......... ................ ..... 21 Wris t strap ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ....................... ......... ................ ..... 21 2. Your phone.......................... ............................................................ ............... 22 Keys and parts ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 22 Stand by mode ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 23 Keyp ad lock (keyguard) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 26 3. Call funct ions ..................... ............................................................ ............... 27 Make a call ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 27 Answe r or rej ect a call ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... ..... 28 Opti ons during a call ......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 28
5 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 4. Write text .......................................................... .............................. ............... 30 Settings ................................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ................ ..... 30 Predi ctive text input .......................... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..................... 31 Traditi onal te xt input ........ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 32 5. Navigate the menus ....................................................................... ............... 33 6. Messages ........................................................... ............................................. 34 Text m essages (SMS) ......... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 34 Mult imedia me ssages (M MS).......... ................................. ................ ................................ ........... .......... 37 Memo ry full .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 40 Folde rs.................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 40 Flash mes sages .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 41 Nokia Xpre ss audio messagi ng ....... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 42 Instant mes saging (I M) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ... ............. ..... 43 E-ma il application .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 49 Voic e messages ................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 52 Info m essages ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 52 Service command s.............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..................... 53 Delete messag es.................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 53 Me ssage settings ................................ ................................. ................ .............................. .. ............... ...... 53 Me ssage counter. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ..................... 56 7. Contacts ............................................................ ............................................. 57 Search for a conta ct .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 57 Save name s and phone numb ers ................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 57 Save num bers, items, or an image . ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 57 Copy contacts ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..... ..................... 58 Edit co ntact d etails ............ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .................. ..... 59 Delete contacts or contact detai ls ................ ................................. ................ ............................ ......... 59
6 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Busi ness cards ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 60 My p resence ......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 60 Subs cribed n ames ............... ................................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 61 Settings . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 63 Group s.................... ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ............ ................ ..... 63 Voic e dialing ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ......................... ....................... ..... 64 Spee d dials............................ ................................ ................. ................................ ....... ......... ..................... 65 Info, s ervice, a nd m y numbe rs ........................ ................. ................................ ......................... ............ 66 8. Call register ......................... ............................................................ ............... 67 Rece nt calls lists . ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 67 Count ers and timers .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 67 9. Se ttings ............................................................ .............................. ............... 68 Profil es ... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 68 Themes ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........... ................ ..... 68 Tones ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................... ............................. ..... 69 My s hortcuts ........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 69 Displa y ... ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ .... ............ ..................... 70 Time a nd da te ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 71 Call .......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ..... 71 Phon e ..................... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ..................... 72 Conne ctivity ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... ..... 74 Enhanc ements ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ... ................ ..... 76 Confi guration....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......................... ...................... ..... 77 Secu rity.................. ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ................................. 78 Resto re factory settings.... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 79 10. O perator menu ................. ............................................................ ............... 80 11. G allery ............................................................ ............................................. 81
7 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 12. Media .. ............................................................ ............................................. 82 Came ra................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 82 Radio ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ... ............................. ..... 83 Record er ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 85 13. O rganiser .......................... .............................. ............................................. 86 Alarm clo ck........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 86 Calen dar ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 87 To-do list ............................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 88 Not es ...... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................... ............. ................ ..... 88 Synchron izati on .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 89 Calc ulator ............. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ..................... 91 Stopw atch............. ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ................ ..... 92 Count down timer................ ................ ................................. ................................ ............... . ............... ...... 93 14. A pplications ..................... .............................. ............................................. 94 Games .................... ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 94 Collec tion .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ...................... .......................... ..... 95 15. Pus h to talk .................................................... .............................. ............... 97 Push to talk menu .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 98 Conne ct to and disc onnect PTT ...................... ................. ................................ ........................... ..... ..... 98 Make and rec eive a P TT cal l ............................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ..... 99 Callb ack requests ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............. .................. ... 101 Add a one -to-one contact ............................... ................. ................................ ....................... ........... 103 Crea te and set up groups . ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ .. 103 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ .. 106 16. W eb ................................... .............................. ........................................... 108 Set up bro wsing .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 108 Conne ct to a service .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 108
8 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Brows e pages ....................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 109 Appe arance s ettings .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... .. 111 Cook ies .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............................. 112 Script s over secure connectio n....................... ................................. ................ ......................... ....... .. 112 Book marks ............ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... .. 112 Downl oad file s..... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ .. 113 Service inbox........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... .. 114 Cache memory ..... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... .................. 115 Brows er security . ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ .. 115 Positi oning inform ation .................... ................................. ................................ ................ ... ............... 118 17. SIM services ................................................... ........................................... 120 18. PC connectivity .............................................. .............................. ............. 121 Nokia PC Suite..... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ .. 121 Packet data, HS CSD, and CS D ......................... ................................. ................ .......................... ...... .. 121 Data c omm unication applicat ions. ................................. ................ ................................ .............. .... 122 19. Bat tery information ....................................... ........................................... 123 Chargi ng and disch arging ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ...... .......... .. 123 Nokia battery authent ication g uidelines ..... ................................. ................ ................................ .. 124 Care and maintenance ........... ............................................................ ............. 127 Additional safety information ............................. ........................................... 129 Index ........................................ .............................. ........................................... 134
9 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . For you r sa fe ty Read thes e simple guid elines . Not follo wing them ma y be dangerous or illeg al. Read th e complete use r guide for further informat ion. SWI TCH ON S AFEL Y Do no t sw itch the phon e on w hen w irel ess phon e use is p rohibit ed o r when it may cause inte rferen ce or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRS T Obey all l ocal laws . Always keep your hands fr ee to opera te the vehi cle while driving . Your first conside ration whil e driving should be roa d safety. INTER FEREN CE All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HO SPITA LS Follow any restr ictions. Sw itch the phone off nea r medi cal equi pment . SWITCH OFF IN AIRC RAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWITC H OFF WH EN REFU ELING Do not us e the phone at a refuelin g point. Do not use ne ar fuel o r chemica ls. SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTING Follow a ny restrictio ns. Do not use the phon e where blast ing is in pro gress.
10 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . USE SEN SIB LY Use only in the no rmal posi tion a s expl ained in t he pro duct do cume ntati on. Do not touc h the a ntenna unne cessaril y. QUALIF IED SE RVICE Only qual ified pers onnel may in stall or rep air this prod uct. ENHA NCEM ENTS AN D BA TTERIE S Use onl y appro ved enha ncement s and b atteries. Do not conne ct incom patible products. WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resista nt. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop ies or keep a writt en record of a ll impor tant information stored i n your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any other device, rea d its user guid e for detailed safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompatib le products . EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re t he p hone is switc hed on a nd in ser vice. Pr ess the end k ey as ma ny t imes as need ed to cle ar the dis play and return to the start s creen. Ente r the emerge ncy number, then press t he call key. Give your location. Do n ot end the call unt il given permis sion to do so.
11 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Abou t you r dev ice Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 an d GSM 1800 and 1900 networks. C ontact y our service pro vider for mo re informati on about ne two rk s . Wh en usi ng t he fe ature s in this de vic e, obe y all l aws an d resp ect th e p rivac y an d legi tima te righ ts of o th ers . Warn ing : To use a ny featur es in this device, o ther than th e alarm cl ock, the d evice must be swi tched on. Do not switc h the devi ce on when wirel ess device us e may cause inter fer ence or da nger. â Networ k servic es To use the phone yo u must have service fr om a wireles s service provider. Many of the feat ures in this device d epend on features in the wi reless network to funct ion. The se network services may not be available on all networks or you ma y have to make spe cific arrangements with your service pr ovider befo re you can ut ilize netwo rk services . Your se rvice prov ider may n eed to giv e you ad dition al i nstruc tions for their use an d expl ain w hat charges will apply. Some networks may have limita tions that aff ect how you can use netw ork servic es. For in stance, some netwo rks ma y not supp ort a ll langua ge-dep endent characters and services. Your ser vice pr ovid er m ay h ave re queste d th at ce rtain f eatur es be dis abled or no t act ivate d in your device. I f so, they will not a ppear on your device me nu. Your device may also have been specially co nfigure d for your network provi der. This config uration ma y include changes in menu names, men u order, and icons. Co ntact you r service pro vider fo r more informa tion . This devi ce sup ports WA P 2.0 pro toc ols (H TTP and SS L) tha t run o n TCP /IP prot oc ols. S ome feature s of this device , such as text mes sages, mu ltimedia me ssages , audio messa ges, instant mes saging se rvice, e-ma il, p resence en hanced conta cts, mob ile Inter net service s,
12 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . cont ent and a pplicati on dow nload, a nd sync hronizati on with a remote I nternet s erver, require network support for these technologies. â Sha red memo ry The phone has tw o memories. T he follo wing feature s may share the first memory: contacts , text messag es, mul timedia mes sages (bu t no attachme nts), audio mess ages, i nstant mess agin g, gro ups , v oic e comm an ds, cal en dar , and t o- do n ote s. Th e se con d sh are d mem ory is used by file s store d in Gallery , attachments of multimed ia messages , e-mai l, and Java TM applicat ions. Use of o ne or more o f these fe atures may red uce the memor y avail able for the re ma in ing fe a tur es sha rin g mem or y. For exa m pl e, savi ng ma ny Jav a a pp lic at io ns m ay use al l of the avail able memory. Your device may displa y a message tha t the memory is full when you try to use a sh ared memory f eature. In this case, dele te some of the infor mation or entries st ored in th e shared memory featu res be fore contin uing. So me of the fea tures, such as text mess ages, may have a ce rtain amount of me mory spec ially allo tted to the m in addition to th e memory shared with other feature s. â Enh anc em en ts A f ew p ra cti ca l r u les ab ou t a c ces so rie s and e nh an ce men ts : ⢠Kee p al l acce ssor ies a nd enh ance ment s out of the rea ch of sma ll chil dren. ⢠When you disconne ct the power cord of any acces sory or enhancemen t, grasp and pull the plug, not the co rd. ⢠Che ck r egu larl y th at enh ance men ts in st all ed in a veh icl e ar e mount ed a nd are op era ting pro pe rly . ⢠Ins tallatio n of an y compl ex car enha ncement s must be made by qualifi ed person nel on ly.
13 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Gene ral information â Ov ervie w o f fun cti ons Your phone pr ovides many functions that are practical fo r daily use, such as a calendar, a clock, an alarm cloc k, a r adio, and a built-in camera. Your phone also supports the f ollowing functions: ⢠Enhanced da ta rates for GSM evolution (ED GE). See Packet da ta (EGPRS) p. 75 . ⢠Extensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML). See We b p. 108 . ⢠Audio messaging. See Nokia Xpres s audio messaging p. 42 . ⢠Instant messaging. See Instant messaging (IM) p. 43 . ⢠E-mail a pplication. See E-mail application p. 49 . ⢠Push to t alk. See Push to talk p. 97 . ⢠Presence- enhanced contacts. See My presence p. 60 . ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ). See Applications p. 94 . â Acc ess c odes Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use. The preset code is 12345. To change the code, and t o set th e phone t o request the code, see Secur ity p. 78 .
14 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the unive rsal personal identification numbe r (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized us e. See Security p. 78 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be supplied with the SIM card and is required for some functions . The module PIN is required to access the information in t he security module. See Security module p. 116 . The s igning PIN is required for the digit al signature. See Digital signat ure p. 118 . PUK c ode s The pers onal unblocking ke y (PUK) code and the univ ersal personal unbloc king key (UPUK) code (8 digits) are r equired to change a blocked PIN code and U PIN code, respecti vely. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN2 code. If the codes are not supplied wi th the SIM card, contac t your local service provider for the codes . Ba rring pas sword The barring password (4 digits) is required when using the Call barring ser vice . See Security p. 78 .
15 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Con figu ratio n set tings serv ice To use some of the network services, such as mobile Internet services, MMS, Nokia Xpress audio mes saging, or remot e Internet server s ynchronization, your phone needs the correct conf iguration settings. You may be able to receiv e the settings directly as a configuration message . After receiving the settings you need to save them on your phone. The service provider may provide a PIN that is needed to save the settings. For mor e information on ava ilability, c ontact your networ k operator, service provider, ne arest authorized N okia dealer , or visit t he support area on the Nokia Web site, <www.nokia .com/support>. When you have receiv ed a conf iguration message Configuration sett. received is displaye d. To save the se tt ings, selec t Show > Save . If the phone requests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for t he settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code , contact the service provider that supplies the settings. If no set tings are saved yet, these s ettings are s aved and s et as default configuration setti ngs. Otherwise, the phone as ks A ctivate save d configuration settings? . To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Show > Dis card . To edit t he settings , see Configuration p. 77 . â Download c onte nt and applicat ions You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (network service). Select the download function ( for example, in the Gallery menu). To acce ss the download function, see t he respective menu descriptions. For
16 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the availability of different services , pricing, and t ariffs, c ontact your se rvice provider. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. â Nokia sup port an d cont act info rmation Check w ww.nokia.com/support or your local N okia Web site for th e latest ver sion of this guide, additional information, downloads, and s ervices related to your Nokia product. On the W eb site, y ou can get information on the use of Nokia pr oducts and service s. If you nee d to cont act customer service, c heck the list of local N okia contact cent ers at www.nokia.com/cus tomerservice. For maint enance servic es, check your nea rest Nokia s ervice cent er at www.nok ia.com/repair.
17 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. Get sta r ted â Instal l th e SI M card and batt ery Always switch the device off and disconnect the ch arger before removing the batte ry. Kee p al l SIM c ards out o f the reach o f sm all ch ildre n. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. This device is inte nded for use with the BL- 5B battery. The SIM c ard and its cont acts can easily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be caref ul when handling, inserting, or removi ng the card. To remove the back cover of the phone, press the release button (1), and lift the back cover (2). Ensure, t hat the golden cont act area on the SIM card is facing downwards, and insert the SIM card into the SIM card holder until it snaps into position (3).
18 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Insert the battery (4). Observe the battery contacts. Always use original Nokia batteries. See Noki a battery aut hentication guideline s p. 124 . Align the top of the back cover with the top of the phone (5), a nd press the bottom of the back cover t o lock it (6). To remove the batte ry, lift the lower end of the battery out of the compartment (7). To remove the SIM card, press the SIM card release (8), and s lide the SIM car d towards the top of the phone (9).
19 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Char ge t he battery Warn ing : Use on ly batteri es, cha rgers, an d enhanc ements ap proved by No kia for use with this particula r model. The use of any other types may invalid ate any appro val or wa rranty, and may b e da ngerous . Check the model number of a ny charger before use wit h this device. This device is inten ded for use when supplied with power from an AC-3, AC-4, and DC-4 charger, and from a n AC-1, ACP-7 , ACP-12, and LCH-12 charger whe n used w ith the CA-44 cha rger adapt er. For availabili ty of approved enhance ments , please check with your dealer. Wh en you disc onnect the p ower cor d of an y en hanc ement , gras p an d pul l the plug, not the cord. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Connect the lead from the charger to the socket on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a few minut es before the charging indicator a ppears on the display or bef ore any calls can be made. The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery used. F or example , charging a BL -5B battery with th e AC-3 charger takes about 1 hour and 10 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode.
20 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Swi tc h t he ph one on an d off Warn ing : Do not swi tch th e phone on when wirel ess phone use is prohibite d or when it ma y cause interf erence or d anger. To switch the phone on, press and hold the power key. If the phone asks f or a PIN or a UPIN code, enter the code (displayed as ****), and select OK . To s witch the phone off, press and hold the power k ey. Plug an d pla y serv ic e When you switch on your phone for the first time, a nd the phone is in the standby mode, you are asked to get t he configuration settings from your service provider (network service). Confirm or decline the quer y. See " Connect t o service provider support ," p. 78 and Configuration settings service p. 15 .
21 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Anten na Your d evice has a n interna l antenna. Note : As with any other radio transmitting devic e, do not touc h the an tenna unnece ssarily when the devi ce is switch ed on. Cont act with the anten na affects call quality and may cause the de vic e to op erat e at a highe r pow er le vel than ot herwis e needed . Avoidi ng cont act with the ante nna area when oper atin g the dev ice optimizes the antenna p erformance and the battery life . â Wris t s trap To att ach the w rist strap at t he upper right edge of the phone, thre ad the strap through the eyelet as shown in the picture, and tighten it .
22 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. Y our phone â Keys and pa rts â¢P o w e r k e y ( 1 ) ⢠Earp ie ce (2) ⢠Louds pea ker (3 ) â¢D i s p l a y ( 4 ) ⢠V olume up an d Pus h to talk (PT T) key (5) ⢠Vol ume dow n and voice c omm and ke y (6) ⢠Infrared (IR) port (7) ⢠Middle s election key (8) ⢠4-way navigation key (9) ⢠Left selecti on key (1 0) ⢠Right sel ection key (11) ⢠Call key (12) ⢠End k ey (13) ⢠Ke ypa d , ma y var y b y r egi on ( 14) ⢠Charger connec tor (15) â¢M i c r o p h o n e ( 1 6 ) ⢠Pop -Port TM conne ctor (17) ⢠Came ra lens (18)
23 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Sta ndb y mod e When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not e ntered any c haracters, the phone is in the standby mode. 1 Name of the networ k or oper ator logo 2 Signal s trength of the cellular network 3 B attery charge level 4 Lef t select ion key ( Go to ) 5 Middle s election key ( Menu ) 6 Right selection key ( Name s ) The right selection ke y may be a nother shor tcut to a function th at you sele cted. See My shortcuts p. 69 . Operat or variants may have an operator-specif ic name to ac cess an operator- specific We b s ite. Person al s ho rtcut list The left selection k ey is Go to . To view t he functions in the personal s hortcut list, sel ect Go to . To activate a f unction, select it. To view a lis t with available functions, sele ct Go to > Opt ions > Selec t options . To add a function to the shortcut l ist, select Mar k . To remove a function f rom the li st, sel ect Unmark . To rearr ange the functions on your pe rsonal shortcut list, se lect Go to > Options > O rganise . Select the desi red function, Move , and th e place where you want to move the f unction.
24 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Short cuts in st andb y mo de ⢠To ac cess the list of dialed numbers, press the call key onc e. Scroll to a number or name; t o call t he number, press the call k ey. ⢠To open the Web browse r, press and hold 0 . ⢠To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . ⢠Use t he navigation key as a s hortcut. Se e My short cuts p. 69 . Power s aving A digital clock v iew overw rites the display when no function of the phone has been used for a cer tain period of time. To activa te the power saver , see Pow e r sa v e r in Display p. 70 . T o deact ivate th e screen s aver, press an y key.
25 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Indicators You received one or se veral text or picture messages. See Read and repl y to a SMS message p. 35 . You received one or several multimedia messages . See Read and r eply t o a MMS message p. 39 . For e-mail and voice messages differ ent icons may appear. The phone registered a missed call. See Call r egister p. 67 . The keypad is locked. See Keypad lock (keyguard) p. 26 . The phone does not ring fo r an inco ming call or text m essage when Incoming call alert and Message alert tone are s et to Off . See Tones p. 69 . The alarm cloc k is s et to On . See Alarm clock p. 86 . he packet data connect ion mode Always online is selected, and the packet data service is available. See Packet data (EGPRS) p. 75 . A packet dat a connection is established. See Packet data (EGPRS) p. 75 and Browse pages p. 109 . The pack et data c onnection is s uspended (on hold), for ex ample, if there is an incoming or out going call during a pa cket data dial-up connect ion. When the infr ared connection is activated, the indic ator is shown continuously. Push to talk connection is active or suspended. See Pus h to ta lk p. 97 .
26 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Key pad lock (key guard) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 seconds to lock the keypad. To unlock t he keypad, select U nlock , and press * within 1.5 seconds. If the Security key gu ard is s et On , enter the security code if requested. To ans wer a call w hen the ke yguard is on, press the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the key pad automatically locks. For Automatic keyguard and Secu rity keyg uard . See Phone p. 72 . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos sible to the o fficial eme rgency number programmed in to your device.
27 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Call funct ion s â Mak e a cal l 1. Enter the phone number, inc luding the area code. For international calls, press * twice for the int ernational prefix (the charact er replaces t he internati onal access code ) and then e nter the c ountry code, the area code without the leading 0, if necessary, and the phone number. 2. To ca ll the number , press the call key. 3. To end the call or t o cancel the call attempt, press the end key. To mak e a call using names , search for a name or phone number in Contacts , see Search f or a contac t p. 57 . Pres s the call k ey to c all the number. To access the list of up to 20 dialed numbers, press the call key on ce in the s tandby mode. T o call the number, select a number or name, and pr ess the call key. Speed dialing Assign a phone numbe r to one of the speed- dialing keys, 2 to 9 . Se e Speed dials p. 65 . Call the number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press a speed-dial ing key, and then press the call key. â¢I f Speed dialling is se t to On , press and hold a speed-dialing key unt il the c all begins. See Speed dialling in Call p. 71 .
28 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Answe r or re ject a c all To ans wer an incoming c all, press th e call k ey. To end the call, press the end key. To rejec t an incoming call, press the end key. To mute t he ringing tone select Silence . Tip: If the Diver t if busy f unction is act ivated to div ert the calls (for example, t o your voice mailbox) rejec tin g an incoming call also diverts the call. See Call p. 71 . If a compatible headset supplied with the headset key is connected to the phone, to a nswer and end a call, press the heads et ke y. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during a n active call, pre ss the call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the active c all, press the end k ey. To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting funct ion, see Call p. 71 . â Options d urin g a call War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ear when th e loudspea ker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremely lou d. Many of t he options that y ou can use during a cal l are network services. For availability, contact your network operator or s ervice provider . During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options:
29 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Call options are Mute or Unmu te , Contacts , Menu , Auto volume on or A uto volume off , Recor d , L ock k eyp ad , Audio enhanc ing , L oudspeaker , or Ha n dset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reject , Hold or Unhold , New call , Add to con f eren ce , E nd call , End all calls , and t he following: Send DTMF â t o send tone s trings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct yourself Conference â to make a conference call that allows up to five persons to take part in a c onference cal l Private call â to dis cuss privately in a conference call
30 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 4. Writ e tex t You can e nter text (for example, w hen writing mes sages) using traditional or predictiv e text input. Wh en using traditional text input, pr ess a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until t he desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can enter a letter with a single k eypress. When you are writing t ext, predi ctive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the t ext input indic ator, indicat ing the charac ter case. To cha nge the charac ter case and the text input mode, pr ess # . indicat es number mode. To change fr om the letter to number mode, press and hold # , an d select Numbe r mode . To insert a special cha racter, press and hold * . â Sett i ngs To set the writing language, select Options > Writing language . Pr edictive tex t input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Dict ionary on to s et the predicti ve text input or Dictionary off to set traditional text input.
31 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Pred ict ive te xt in put Predictive t ext input is based on a built -in dictionary to which you can add new wor ds. 1. Start writing a word using the 2 to 9 keys. Press each key only onc e for a single letter. T he word c hanges af ter each k eypress. 2. When y ou have finished writ ing the word and it is correct, to co nfirm it, press 0 to a dd a space, or press any of the nav igation keys . Press a navigation key to move th e cursor. If the word is no t c orrect, pre ss * r epeatedly, or select O ptions > M atches . When the word that you want appears, confirm it. If ? is displayed a fter the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictiona ry. To add the word to t he dictionary, selec t Spell . Enter the word (traditional t ext input is used), and select Save . To enter a full st op, press 1 . 3. Start writing the next word. Wri te co mpou nd wo rd s Enter the first pa rt of the word, and press the navigation k ey right t o confirm it. Write the last part of t he word, and confirm the word.
32 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all charact ers available under a number k ey are printed on the ke y. T he characters available depend on the writing language. See Settings p. 30 . If the next letter you want is located on t he same k ey as the present one, wait until the cursor appea rs, or press any of the na vigation key s and enter the letter. The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key.
33 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 5. N avigate the me nus The phone offers you an extensive r ange of f unctions, which are grouped into menus. 1. To ac cess the menu, se lect Men u . To change the menu v iew, select Options > Main menu view > List or Gr id . 2. Scroll t hrough the menu, and select a s ubmenu (for example , S etting s ). 3. If the menu contains submenus, select the one that you want (for example, Call ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, select the one that you want (for ex ample, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice . 6. To return to the previous menu level, select Back . To exit the menu, select Exit .
34 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 6. Messages The mes sage services can only be used if they are supported by your network or your ser vice provider. Not e: When sendi ng messages, yo ur phone may di splay Mess age sen t . This is an indica tion that the mes sage has been sent by you r device to the messag e centre number pro grammed in to your device. T his is no t an indicati on that the messag e has been receiv ed at the intend ed destin ation . For more de tails abou t messaging services, check w ith your service provider. Important : Ex ercise caution w hen opening messa ges. Messa ges may contain mal iciou s soft ware or oth erwise be ha rmful to yo ur devi ce or PC. Only devices tha t have compatib le features can receive and display messag es. The app eara nce of a me ssage may vary depe nding on th e rece iving devi ce. â Te xt message s (S MS) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart messages made of seve ral ordinary t ext messages (net work service ) that can contain pictures. Before y ou can send any text, picture, or e-ma il message, you must save y our message c enter number. See Message settings p. 53 . To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, cont act your service provider.
35 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Your device s upports th e sending of te xt message s beyond the ch aracter li mit for a single message. Longer messag es wil l be sent as a ser ies of tw o or more messages . Your se rvice provider may charge accordingly. Charact ers that use accen ts or other marks, a nd characters from some lang uage optio ns like Ch inese, take up more space l imiti ng the numbe r of chara cters that ca n be sent in a sing le message. Wri te and send a SMS message 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter a message. See Write text p. 30 . At the t op of the display, you can see the message le ngth indicat or that tracks the numbe r of characters ava ilable. For example, 10/2 means that you c an still add 10 c haracters for t he text t o be sent as t wo message. To ins ert text templates or a picture into the message, see Templates p. 36 . Each pic ture message compris es severa l text messages . Sending one pictu re or multipart mes sage may c ost more than s ending one text message. 3. To send the m ess ag e, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To many , or To e-mail address . T o send a me ssage using a prede fined message profile, sel ect Via sending profile . For t he message profile, s ee Text and SMS e-mail p. 53 . Select or enter a phone number or e-mail address, or s elect a profile. Rea d and r eply to a SM S m ess age is shown w hen you received an SMS me ssage or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the me ssage memory is full. Bef ore you can r eceive new messages, delete some of your old mes sages in the Inbox folder.
36 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. To vie w a new mes sage, s elect Show . To view it later, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . If more than one message is received, s elect the message that you want to read. indicat es an unread mes sage. 2. While reading a message, s elect Options and delete or forward the mes sage; edit the message as a text mes sage or an SMS e -mail; rename the message you are r eading or move it to another f older; or vie w or extract message det ails. You can a lso copy text from the beginning of the mes sage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To sav e the picture in the Te mplates folder when reading a picture me ssage, selec t Save picture . 3. To r eply as a mes sage, s elect Reply > Text mes sage , M ultimedia msg. , Flas h message , or Audio me ssage . Enter the reply message. When replying to an e-mail, first confirm or edit the e- mail address a nd subject. 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK . Tem pl ate s Your phone has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in text, picture, or SMS e- mail message s. To ac cess the t emplate l ist, select Me nu > Mes sages > Sav ed items > Text messages > Templates .
37 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Mul tim edia messa ges (MMS ) A multimedia message can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business c ard, or a video clip. If t he message is too large, the phone may not be able t o receive it . Some net works allow text messages that include an Internet address where you can view the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a call, a game, another Ja va applicat ion, or an act ive browsing s ession over G SM data. Becaus e delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions. Wri te and send a MMS message To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see M ultimedia p. 54 . T o check availability and to subscr ibe to the multimedia mes saging service, contact your service provider. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create message > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See Write text p. 30 . To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Ins ert and from the following options: Image , Sound c lip , or Video clip â to ins ert a file from G allery New imag e â to take a new image t o be added to the message New sound cl ip â to make a new reco rding to be added to t he message
38 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business card or a calendar note in the me ssa ge Slide â t o insert a slide to the message. Your phone supports multimedia messages that contain several pages (slides). Each slide can contain text, one image, a calendar note, a business c ard, and one sound clip. To open a desir ed slide if the message contains several slides, select Options > Pr evious slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . To s et the interv al between t he slides, sele ct Options > Slide t iming . T o move the text component to the top or bot tom of the message, sel ect Options > Place text first or Plac e text last . The following opt ions may also be availa ble: Dele te to delete an image, slide, o r sound c lip from the mes sage, Clear text , Preview , or Save message . In Mor e options the following op tions may be av ailable: Insert contact , Insert number , Message details , and Edit subject . 3. To send the m ess ag e, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, or enter the recip ientâÂÂs phone number or e- mail address, or search for it in Contacts . Select OK . The me ssage is moved to the Outbox folder for sending. While the multimedia message is being sent, the animated indicator is displaye d and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending f ails, the phone tries to res end it a fe w times. If t his fails, the mes sage remains in the Outbox f older, and you c an try to resend it later .
39 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . If you select Save sent messages > Ye s , the s ent message is saved in t he Sent items folder. Se e Multimedia p. 54 . When the mes sage is sent, it is not an indicat ion that the mess age has been r eceived at t he intended destination. Rea d an d r eply to a MM S mes sage Important: Exercise cautio n when open ing mes sages. Mult imedia message objects may contain malici ous sof tware or otherwis e be harmfu l to your device o r PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displayed. When the message has been receiv ed, and t he text Multimedia message receive d are shown. 1. To read the message, select Show . To view it lat er, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . In t he list of messages, indicates a n unread message . Select the message that you want to view . 2. The f unction of the middle select ion key cha nges according t o the c urrently displaye d attachment in t he messag e. To vie w the whole message if the received mes sage contains a presenta tion, a sound c lip, or a video clip, selec t Pla y . Select Options to access Attachments (for example a business card), and Objects (for example images).
40 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , M ultimedia msg. , Flash mes sage , or Audio message . Enter t he reply mes sage, and select Send . Select Options to access available options. â Memo r y f ull When y ou have receive d a new te xt message and the message me mory is full, blinks and T e xt msgs. memor y full. Delete ms gs. is shown. Select No , and delete some me ssages from a folder. To disc ard the wait ing message, s elect Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting and the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memory full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting mess age, select Show . Before you can save the waiting messa ge, delete old messages to free memory space. To save the message, sel ect Save . To dis card the wa iting message, select Exit > Ye s . If you select No , you can view the message. â Folders The phone saves received text and multimedia messages in the Inbox folder. Multimedia messages that hav e not yet be en sent are moved to the Outbox folder. If you have se lected Message settings > T ext message s > Save sent messages > Yes , and Message settings > Multimedia ms gs. > Save sent messages > Yes , the sent mes sages are saved in the Sent items f older.
41 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To s ave the tex t message that you are wr iting and wish t o send la ter in the Saved items folder, s elect Options > Save message > Saved text msgs. . For multimedia messages, select t he option Save message . indicates unsent messages. To organize your text messages, you can move some of the m to My folders or add new folder s for your me ssages. Select Messages > Saved items > Text messages > My folders . To add a folder, s elect Options > A dd folder . If you ha ve not s aved any folder s, sel ect Add . To dele te or rename a folder, sc roll to the des ired folder, and select Options > Delete folder or Rename f older . â Flash me ssage s Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a flas h message Select Me nu > Messages > C reate me ssage > Flash message . Write your message. The max imum length of a flash messag e is 70 cha racters. To insert a blinking text into the mess age, select Insert blink char . from the options list to set a marker. The text a fter the marke r blinks until a second ma rker is inserted. Receive a flas h message A received flash mess age is not aut omatically saved. To r ead the messa ge, select Read . To extract phone number s, e-mail addr esses, and Web site addresses from
42 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the c urrent message , select Options > Use det ail . To save th e m essa ge, sele ct Save and t he folder in w hich you want to save t he message. â Nokia Xpress au dio mess aging With t his menu, use t he multimedia message service to creat e and send a voice message in a convenient way. Multimedia mes saging service mus t be activa ted before this service can be used. Cr eate and se nd an audi o messa ge 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create mess age > Audio message . The recor der opens. To use the r ecorder, see Reco rder p. 85 . 2. When the message is ready t o send, s elect Options > Play to chec k the message bef ore sending, Replace s ound clip to repeat t he recording, Save message , Save sound clip to save t he recording in Galler y , Edit subje ct to in se rt a subject to the message, Mes sage details to view the message details, or Loudspeaker or Handset . 3. To send the m ess ag e, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . Depending on your ope rator, more options may be available. 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, enter t he recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-ma il address, or search for it in Contac ts . Select OK , and the message is mov ed to the Outbox folder f or sending.
43 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Receive an audio messag e When your phone is rece iving an audio mes sage, 1 audio message receive d is shown. Select Show to open th e message or select Show > Play if there is more than o ne message received. Sele ct Options to see the available options. To liste n to the mes sage later, sele ct Exit . To sav e the m ess age , sel ect Options > Save s ound clip and the folder in which you wan t t o sa ve the me ssa ge. â Ins tant me ssagi ng (IM) Instant messaging (network ser vice) is a way to se nd short, simple text messages to online use rs. Before you c an use instant messaging, you must subscribe to t he service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your net work operator or service provider, from whom you also r eceive y our unique ID, passwor d, and settings. To set the required settings for the instant messaging service, see Connec t. settings in Ac ce ss t he IM me nu p. 44 . Th e icons and texts on the dis play may v ary, depending on the instant mes saging service. Dependi ng on the network, the active instant messaging conversation may consume the phone batter y faster, and you may nee d to connec t the phone t o a cha rge r .
44 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Access the IM m enu To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messages > Instant messages . If more than one set of connection settings for the ins tant messaging service is availabl e, select t he desired one . If there is only one s et defined, it is selected automatic ally. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â to vie w, erase or, rename the ins tant messaging conve rsations that you have save d during the ins tant messaging se ssion Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence connection Conne ct to the IM se rvi ce To conne ct to the instant messaging service, open the Ins tant messages menu, activat e an inst ant messaging ser vice, and select Login . When the p hone has succe ssfully connected, Logged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout . Start a n IM sess ion Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the s ervice. St art the servic e in different ways. â¢S e l e c t Convers ations to view the list of new an d read instant me ssages or invitations for instant messaging during t he active instant messaging session.
45 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Scroll to the mes sage or invitat ion that you wa nt, and s elect Ope n to rea d the message. indicates the new and read group messages. indicates the new and the read instant messag es. indicates the invitations. The icons and texts on t he display may vary, depending on the instant messaging s ervice. â¢S e l e c t IM contacts to view the contacts that you have added. Scroll to the contact with whom you would like to c hat, and selec t Chat or Op en if a new contact is shown in th e list. To add contacts, see Cont acts for IM p. 47 . indicates the online and the of fline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocked contact. indicate s a contact t hat has been s ent a new mes sage. â¢S e l e c t Groups > Public groups to display t he list of bookma rks to public groups provi ded by the network operator or service pr ovider. To start an ins tant messaging s ession with a group, scroll to a gr oup, and s elect Joi n . Enter your screen name t hat you want to use in th e conversation. When y ou have succe ssfully joined the group conv ersation, you can start a gr oup conversation. To creat e a pr ivate group, see Groups p. 48 . â¢S e l e c t Search > Users or Groups to search for other instant messaging user s or public gr oups on the networ k by phone number, screen name, e-mail address, or name. If you se lect Groups, you can search for a gr oup by a membe r in the group or by group name, topic, or ID .
46 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To start th e conversation when you ha ve found the user or the group th at you want, se lect O ptions > Chat or Join group . To s tart a conver sation from Contacts , s ee View the subscribed names p. 62 . Accept or reject an invitation In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service and you receive a new invitation, New invitat ion received is displayed. To r ead it, sel ect Re ad . If more than one invitation is received , scroll to t he invitation y ou want, and s elect Open . To join the private group conv ersation, select Acce pt , and enter the screen name; or to rejec t or delete t he invitation, select Options > Reject or Dele te . Read a re ce ive d in st an t me ss age In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service, and you receive a new message that is not a mess age associate d with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displayed. To read it, select Read . If you receive more than one me ssage, s croll to the me ssage, and select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Convers ations . If y ou receive a message from s omeone who is not in IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new cont act that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save conta ct .
47 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging se ssion, select Writ e . Write your message , and se lect Send or pr ess the call key to send it . Select O ptions t o access available options: View conv ersation , Save contact , Group members , Block contact , an d End conversation . Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the ins tant messaging servi ce. 2. To vie w and edit your own availabilit y information or screen name, select My settings . 3. To allow all the other instant mess aging users to s ee you when you are online, sel ect A v ailability > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact list to s ee you when you are online, select A vailability > Avail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A vailability > A ppear offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant mess aging service, indica tes that you are online, and indicates that you are not visible to others. Conta cts f or IM To add contacts to t he instant messaging contac ts list, connect t o the inst ant messaging s ervice, and s elect IM contacts . To add a contact t o the list, select
48 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Options > A dd contact , or if yo u have no cont acts added, select Add . Select Enter ID manually , Sear ch from serv . , C opy from ser ver , or By mobile number . Scroll t o a contact, and to start a convers ation, select Chat or O ptions > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , Add contact , R emove contact , Change list , Copy to server , or A vailability alerts . Block an d unblo ck me ssag es To block messages, connect to t he instant me ssaging service, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or jo in or start a c onversation. Scroll to t he contact from whom you want t o block incoming messages, and select Options > Bloc k contact > OK . To unblock the message s, connect t o the insta nt messaging s ervice, and s elect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contac t from whom you want to unblock the mes sages, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own pri vate groups for an instant mes saging conversation, or use the public groups provided by t he service provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on t he server of the service provider. If t he server you are logged on to does not support group service s, all group-related me nus are dimmed.
49 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Public groups You can boo kmark public groups that your service provider may maintain. Connect to the instant messaging s ervice, and select Public groups . Scroll to a group with which you want to c hat, and select Join . If you ar e not in the group, enter y our screen name as your nickname for the gr oup. To delete a group from your group list, se lect Option s > Delete group . To s earch for a group, select G roups > Public groups > Search groups . You can search for a group by a member in the group, group name , topic, or ID. Priva te group s Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Groups > Create group . En ter the name for the gr oup and the screen name that you want t o use. Mark the private group members in t he contacts list, and writ e an invitation. â E-m ail app licat ion The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail acc ount from your phone whe n you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is different f rom the SMS and MMS e-mail funct ion. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you can send and retrieve any e-mail, you may need to do t he following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use the current one. For avail ability of your e-mail a ccount, contac t your e-mail servi ce provide r. ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service pr ovider. You may rece ive the e -mail confi guration settings as a configuration mes sage. See
50 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Configuration settings service p. 15 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See Configuration p. 77 . To a ctivate the e-mail settings, s elect Men u > Messages > Mess age se tt ings > E-mail messages . See E- mail p. 55 . This application does not s upport keypad tones. Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Create e-mail . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, a subject, and the e-mail message. To att ach a file to the e- mail, select Options > A ttach and t he file in Gallery . 3. Select Send > Send now . Dow nl oad e-m ail 1. To ac cess the e -mail applicat ion, select Menu > Messages > E- mail . 2. To downloa d e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e- mail account, sel ect Re tri eve . To downloa d new e-mail messages and t o send e-mail t hat has been saved in the Outbox folder , select Options > Retrieve and send . To downloa d first the headings of the new e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e -mail account, select Options > Chec k new e-mail . Then, to download th e selected e-mail, mark t he desired ones , and se lect Options > Retrieve .
51 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Select the new mes sage in Inbox . To v iew it la ter, select Ba ck . indicates an unread message. Rea d and re ply to e-mail Important: Exercis e caution when o pening mes sages. E-ma il mess ages may cont ain ma licious sof tware or o therwis e be ha rmful to yo ur dev ice or PC. Select Menu > Messages > E-mail > I nbox and the desired me ssage. While reading the mes sage, select Options to view the available options. To reply to an e- mail, select Reply > E mpty screen or Original text . To reply to many, s elect Options > R eply t o all . Confirm or edit the e-mail address and subject; t hen write y our reply. To send the me ssage, s elect Send > Send now . Inbo x and other folder s Your phone sa ves e-mail that you have downloaded from your e-mail acc ount in the Inbox folder . Other folders contains the f ollowing folders: Dr af ts for savi ng unfinished e- mail, Arc hive for orga nizing and saving your e- mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that has not been se nt, and Sent items for saving e-mail t hat has been s ent. To manage the folders and their e-mail content, s elect Options > Manage folder .
52 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Del ete e-mail mes sages Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Option s > Manage folder and the d esired folder. Mark the messages that you want to delete. To delete them, select Options > Delete . Deleting a n e-mail from your phone does not delete it f rom the e- mail server. To set t he phone to delete the e- mail also fr om the e-mail s erver, s elect Menu > Messages > E-mail > O ptions > Extra settings > Leave copy: > D elete retr . msgs . â V o ice messa ges The v oice mailbox is a network service and you may need to subscribe t o it. F or details, c ontact your s ervice provider. To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messages > Voice messages > Listen to voice me ssages . To enter, search for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select Voice mailbox number . If suppor ted by the network, indicat es that there ar e new voice messages. Select Lis ten to call your voice mailbox number . â Inf o mess age s Select Menu > Messa ges > Info mes sages . W ith the Inf o messages network service , you can rec eive mess ages on va rious topics from your service provider. To check availability, topics, and t he relevant topic numbers , contact y our service provider.
53 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Serv ice co mm ands Select Menu > Messa ges > Servic e commands . Wr ite and send s ervice requests (also k nown as USSD commands ) to your s ervice prov ider, such as act ivation commands for network services. â Dele te mess ages To dele te all message s from a fol der, select Me nu > M e ssag es > Delete messages and t he folder fr om which you wa nt to delet e the message s. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unread messages, the phone asks w hether you want t o delete them also. Select Yes aga in . â Messa ge se ttin gs Te xt and SMS e-mail The mes sage settings affect the sending, receiv ing, and viewing of messages . Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > T ext messages and from the following opt ions: Sending profile â If more than one mes sage profile s et is supported by your SIM card , select t he set you want to change. The following options may be a vailable: Message centr e number (delivered from your service provider), Messa ges s ent vi a , M essage validity , D efault recipient number (text messages) or E-mail server (e- mail), Delive ry reports , Use pack et data , R eply via same centre ( network se rvice), an d Rename sending profile .
54 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Save s ent messages > Ye s â Set the phone to save t he sent tex t messages in t he Sent items folder. Automatic resending > On â The phone automatically attempts to resend a text message, if the sending has f ailed. Multimedia The mes sage settings affect the se nding, receiv ing, and viewing of multimedia messages. Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > Multimedia msgs. and from the following opt ions: Save sent mes sages > Ye s â to set the phone to save s ent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Deliver y reports â to ask the net work to send deliv ery repor ts about y our messages (netw ork service) Default slide timing â to define the default time between slides in multimedia messages Allow multimedia reception > Yes or No â t o rece ive or to block the multimedia message. If you select In home network , you cannot receiv e multimedia me ssages when outside your home network. Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Retrieve manually , or Reject â to allow t he reception of multimedia message s automatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception
55 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Configuration settings > Configuration â Only th e configurations that support multimedia messaging are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for multimedia mes saging. Select A ccount and a multimedia messaging service account conta ined in the active configuration s ettings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is se t to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect the sending, rece iving, a nd viewing of e- mail. You may rec eive the configuration sett ings for the e- mail applicat ion as a configuration mes sage. See Conf iguration set tings service p. 15 . You can als o enter th e settings manual ly. Se e Configur ation p. 77 . To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messages > Message settings > E-mai l messages and from the f ollowing options: Configuration â Sel e ct th e s et th at y ou w ant to ac tiv ate . Account â Sel ect an account provided by the service provider. My name â Enter your name or nick name. E-mail addres s â Ent er your e-mail addr ess. Include signature â You ca n define a signature that is automatically adde d to the end of your e-mail w hen you write your message . Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want t he replies to be sent.
56 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . SMTP user name â Enter t he name t hat you want to us e for out going mail. SMTP password â Ent er the password that you want to use f or outgoing mail. Display t erminal window â Select Yes to perform manual us er authentication for intranet connec tions. Incoming server type â Se lect POP3 or IMAP4 , depe nding on the t ype of e-mail system that you us e. If both types are supporte d, select IMAP4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Font size and smileys Select Me nu > Messages > Message settings > Ot he r setti ngs . To change the font size for reading and writing messages, select Fon t s ize . To replace character -based smileys wi th graphic al ones, select Graphical smileys > Yes . â Messa ge co unt er Select Men u > Messages > Message count er for approximat e information on your recent communications.
57 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 7. Contac ts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone memory and in the SIM card me mory. The phone memory may sa ve contacts with numbers and t ext items . You can also save an image for a certain number of names. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory are indic ated by . â Sea rch f or a cont ac t Select Menu > Contacts > Names . Scroll through t he list of contacts, or e nter the first le tter of the name for which you are s earching. â Sav e n ames an d ph one num ber s Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Names > Opti ons > Add new c ontact . Enter the name and the phone number. â Save nu mbers , ite ms , or an i mage In the phone memo ry for contacts, you can s ave different types of phone number s and short text items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the defa ult number. It is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicat or (for example, ).
58 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . When you select a name (for example , to mak e a call), the default number is used unless you selec t another number. 1. Ensure t hat the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings p. 63 . 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, a nd sel ect Details > Options > A dd detail . 3. To add a number, selec t Number and a number type. To add another detail, s elect a text type or an image from Gallery . To sear ch for an ID f rom the ser ver of your service provider if you hav e connect ed to the pr esence service, select User ID > Search . See My pr esence p. 60 . If only one ID is found, it is automatically saved. Othe rwise, to sav e the ID, select O ptions > Save . To enter the ID , select Enter ID manually . 4. Enter the number or te xt item; to sav e it, selec t OK . 5. To return to the standby mode, select Back > Exit . â Copy c ontacts Search f or the contact you want t o copy, and select Options > Copy . You c an copy names and phone numbers from t he phone conta ct memory to the SIM c ard memory, or v ice ver sa. The SIM card memory can save names with one phone numb er atta ched to th em.
59 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Edit c ontact details 1. Search for t he contact you want t o edit, selec t D etails , and scroll to t he desired name, number, text item, or image. 2. To edit a name, number, or text item, or to c hange an image, select Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . To change the number type, sc roll to the desired number, and s elect Options > Change type . To set the selec ted number as the default number , select Set as default . You cannot edit an ID when it is on th e IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tact s or con tact de tail s To delete a ll the contact s and the details a ttached to them fr om the phone or SIM card memor y, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Delet e all contacts > From phone mem. or Fr om SIM card . Confirm with the s ecurity code. To delete a contact, search for the desired contact, and select O ptions > Del ete contact . To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to t he contact, search for the contact, and select Details . Scroll t o the desir ed detail, and s elect Options > Delete > Delete number , Delete det ail , or Delete image . D eleting an image f rom contacts does not delete it from Gallery .
60 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Bu sine ss ca rds You can s end and receive a pers onâÂÂs contact informat ion from a compatible dev ice that s upports the vCard s tandard as a business card. To send a business card, search for the cont act whose information you want to send , a nd sel ec t Details > Options > Send bus . card > Via mult imedia , Via text message , or Via infrared . When you have received a busines s card, s elect Show > Sav e to sav e the busi ness card in t he phone memor y. To discar d the busines s card, se lect Exit > Yes . â My pr es ence With t he presence s ervice ( network ser vice) you can share your presence s tatus with other users with compatible devices and access to the service. Presence status include s your availabili ty, status message, and per sonal logo. Oth er users who have access t o the serv ice and who request your infor mation are able to see your status. The requested information is s hown in Subscribed names in the viewer sâ Contacts menu. You can per sonalize the infor mation that you wa nt to share wi th others and control who can see your status. Befor e you can use presence , you must subscr ibe to the servic e. T o check t he availability and costs, and to subs cribe to the s ervice, cont act your network operator or service provider, from whom you also r eceive y our unique ID, passwor d, and the settings for t he service. See Configuration p. 77 . While you are connected to the presence servic e, you can us e the other functions of the phone; the pres ence service is active in the bac kground. If you disconnect
61 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . from the s ervice, your pr esence status is shown f or a certain amount of time t o viewers , depending on t he service provider. Select Menu > Cont a ct s > My presence and fr om the following options: Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice or Dis connect from service â to connect t o or disconnect from the service View my pres ence â to v iew the stat us in Private pres. and Public presence Edit my pr esence â to change your presence s tatus. Select My availability , My presence message , My presence logo , or Show to . My viewers > Cu rrent vie wers , Privat e list , or Block ed list Settings > Show current pres ence in idle , Synchronise with profiles , Connect ion type , or Presence s ettings â Sub sc ribe d nam es You can c reate a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aware of. You c an view th e information if it is allowed by the c ontacts and the network. To view these subscribe d names, scroll t hrough the cont acts or use the Subscribed names menu. Ensure t hat the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings page 63 . To conne ct to the Presence s ervice, select Menu > Contacts > My pres ence > Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice .
62 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Add con ta cts to th e s ubs cr ibed n ame s 1. Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Subscribed names . 2. If you have no c ontacts on your list, select Add . Other wise, select Options > Subscribe new . The list of your contacts is shown. 3. Select a contact from the list, a nd if the cont act has an user ID s aved, the contact is added to th e subscribed names list. View the s ubscribed names To vie w the pres ence informat ion, see Search fo r a contact p. 57 . 1. Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Subscribed names . The s tatus information o f the first contact on the s ubscribed names list is displaye d. The infor mation that the person wants to give t o the others may include text and some of the following ic ons: , , or indicates t hat the person is available , not visible t o others, or not available. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Details to view the de tails of the s elected contact; or select Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Send me ssage , Send bus. card , or Unsubscribe .
63 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact and D etails > the user ID > O ptions > U nsubscribe > OK . To unsubscribe, use the Subscribed names menu. See View the sub scribed names p. 62 . â Sett i ngs Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Settings and from t he following options : Memory in use â to s elect SIM card or phone memory f or your contact s. Select Phone and SIM to recall names and number f rom both memories . In that ca se, when you save names and numbers, they are saved in the phone memory. Contacts view â to select how the names and numbers in contacts ar e displayed Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity â Grou ps Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Groups to ar range the names and phone numbers save d in the memory into caller groups with different ringing tones and gr oup images.
64 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â V oice di alin g You can ma ke a phone c all by saying a voice tag that has bee n added to a phone number. Any s poken words, s uch as a name, can be a voice t ag. The number of voice tags you can c reate is limited. Before using voi ce tags, note th e followi ng: ⢠Voice tag s are not la nguage-d epend ent. The y are depen dent on the sp eaker' s voice. ⢠You must say the n ame exactly as you said it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tag s are se nsitive to backgroun d noise. Record voice tags and use them in a quiet environme nt. ⢠Very sho rt names are n ot accepted. Use long name s and avoid similar name s for diffe rent num be rs . Not e: Using voice tags may be difficul t in a noisy en vironment or d uring an emergency, so y ou shou ld not rely solely up on voice dialling in all ci rcumstanc es. Add an d m anag e voic e ta gs Save or copy the contact s to the phone memory for which y ou want to add a voice tag. You can also add voice tags to the names in the SIM card, but if you replace your SIM card with a new one, y ou must first del ete the old v oice tags bef ore you can add new ones. 1. Search f or the contact to which you want t o add a voice tag. 2. Select Details , scroll to the de sired phone number, and select Options > Add voice ta g .
65 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Select St art , and sa y cle arly th e words you want t o record as a voice tag. After recording, the phone plays the recor ded tag. appears behind the phone number w ith a voic e tag in Contacts . To che ck the voice tags , selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags . Scroll t o the contact with the voice tag that y ou want, and sele ct an option t o listen to, delet e, or change t he rec orded voice t ag. Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an a pplication running that is sending or receiving data using a packet data connect ion, you must e nd the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short to ne is heard, and Spe ak now is displayed. 2. Say t he voice t ag clearly. The phone plays the r ecognized v oice tag, and dials the phone number of the v oice tag after 1.5 seconds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset k ey to st art the voice dialing. â Spee d dia ls To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to t he speed-dialing number that you want. Select Assign , or if a number has already been assigned to t he key, select Options > C hange . Select Search , the name, then t he number you want to assign.
66 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . If the Speed dialling function is off, the phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in Call p. 71 . To mak e a call us ing the speed-dia ling keys, see Speed dialing p. 27 . â Inf o, servi ce, an d my nu mbe rs Select Menu > Cont a ct s and fr om the following functions: Info numbers â to call t he information number s of your s ervice prov ider if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) Service number s â to call the s ervice number s of your se rvice provid er if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) My numbers â to view the phone numbe rs assigned to your SIM card, if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card
67 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 8. Call regist er The phone registers the phone numbers of identified missed, received, and dialed calls ; and the approximate length of your calls . Select Menu > Call register . The phone registers if it is switched on and within the networks service area, and the network supports these functions. â Re cent ca lls lists When you select Options in the Mis sed calls , Received calls , Dialled number s , or Message Recipient s menu, you can view t he time of the call; edit, view, or call the registered phone numbe r; add it to the memory; or delete it from the lis t. You can also s end a text message. To de lete th e recent calls lists, sel ect Menu > Call register > Delete rec ent calls . â Cou nters an d time rs Not e: The actual invoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary, depend ing up on n etwork feature s, r oundi ng off f or bi lling, taxes a nd so f orth . Some timers, including the life timer, may be re set during service or software upgrad es. Select Me nu > Call r egister > Call duration , Packet dat a counter , or Packet data conn. timer for approximate information on your recent communications.
68 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 9. Sett in gs â Pro fil es Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Settings > Profiles . Sc roll to a profile, a nd select it . To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiva te . To set the profile to be active until a certain time up to 24 hours, select Timed , and set the time the profile setting shall end. When the time set for the profile expires, the previous profile that was not timed becomes active. To personalize the profile, select P ers onalise . Select the setting you want to change, and make the changes. T o chan ge your presence status informat ion, sel ect My pre se nc e > M y availability or My presence mes sage . The My p re sen c e menu is available if you set Synchronise with profiles to On . See My pr ese n ce p. 60 . â Theme s A theme contains many elements for personalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, screen saver, color s cheme, and a ringing tone. Select Menu > Settings > Themes and from the f ollowing options: Select theme â to set a theme in y our phone. A list of folders in G allery opens. Open the Themes folder, and select a t heme.
69 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download mor e themes. See Download files p. 113 . â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active profile. Select Menu > Settings > Tones . Selec t and change Incoming c all alert , Ringing tone , Ringing volume , Vibrating alert , Pus h to talk settings , Message alert tone , Instant message aler t tone , Keypad tones , and Warning tones . You can find t he same settings in the Profiles menu. See Profiles p. 68 . To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers t hat belong to a selected caller group, select Alert for . Scroll to t he caller group you want or All calls , and select Mark . â My s h ort cu ts With persona l shortcuts, you get quick ac cess to oft en used functions of the phone. T o manage th e shortcuts, select Menu > Settings > My s hortcuts and from the following options: Right select ion key â to selec t a function f rom the lis t for the right selection k ey. See als o Standby mode p. 23 . This menu may not be s hown, depending on your service provider. Navigation ke y â to sele ct shortcut f unctions for th e navigation key. Scroll t o the desired na vigation key , select Change and a function f rom the list. To remove a
70 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . shortcut funct ion from the k ey, selec t (empt y) . To reassign a function for th e key, sel ect Assi gn . T his menu may not be shown, de pending on your service provider. Voice commands â to activat e phone functions by saying a voice tag. Select a folder, scroll to a function to which yo u want t o add a voice ta g, and select Add . indicat es a voice t ag. To a ctivate a v oice command, see Make a call with a voice tag p. 65 . â Disp lay Select Menu > Settings > Display and from the f ollowing options: Wallpaper â to add the background ima ge to the dis play in the standby mode. To acti vate, or de activate t he wallpaper , select On , or Off . Select Select wallpaper to select an image from the Gallery or Select slide s et and a folder in the Gallery to use the image s in the folder as a slide s et. To download more images for wallpaper, sel ect Graphic downloads . Screen saver > On â to activat e the screen saver for the main dis play. To set the time after which the screen sav er is activated, s elect Time-out . To select a graphic for the sc reen sav er, se lect Image and an image or a graphic from the G allery . Select Slide set and a folder in the Gallery to use the images in the folder as a slide set. T o download more images for t he screen s aver, select Graphic downloads . Powe r s av e r > On â to save s ome batter y power. A digit al clock is displayed when no function of the phone is us ed for a certain time. Colour schemes â to change the color of the menu background and the signal an d batter y bars
71 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Idle state f ont colour â t o select t he color f or the te xts on the display in the standby mode Operator logo â to set your phone to displa y or hide the operator logo. T he menu is dimme d, if you have not save d the operator logo. For mor e information on availability of an operat or logo, contac t your network ope rator or s ervice provider . â Time and d at e Select Menu > Settings > Time and date and from the following options: Clock â to set t he phone t o show th e clock in the standby mode, adjust t he clock, and se lect the t ime zone and the time f ormat Date â to set t he phone t o show the dat e in the standby mode, s et the dat e, and select the date format and date separator Auto-update of date & t ime (network service) â t o set the phone to automatic ally update the time and date according to the current time zone â Call Select Menu > Settings > Call and fr om the following options: Automatic volume control â to set the phone to automat ically adjust th e output volume ac cording to the bac kground noise Call divert (network service) â to divert your incoming calls . You may not be able to divert your call, if some call barring functions ar e active. See Call barring s ervice in Securit y p. 78 .
72 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Anyk ey answer > On â to ans wer an incoming c all, briefl y press any key, except the end key and the left and right selection keys. Automatic redial > On â to set your phone t o make a max imum of 10 attempts to connect t he call af ter an unsucces sful call at tempt Speed dialling > On â to activat e speed dia lling. To set up speed dialling, see Speed dials p. 65 . To dial, pr ess and hold t he corresponding number key. Call waiting > Activ ate â to set the network t o notify you of an inco ming call while yo u have a call in progr ess (network s ervice). See Call waiting p. 28 . Summary after call > On â to briefl y display the approximate dur ation and cost (network service) of t he call aft er each call Send my cal ler ID ( netw ork s ervice) > Ye s , No , or Set by ne twork Line for outgoing calls (network service) â to select the phone l ine 1 or 2 to make calls, if s upported by your SIM car d â Phon e Select Menu > Settings > Phone and f rom the following options: Phone language â to set the display and w riting language Memory status â to view the free memory a nd the used memor y in Gall ery , Messages , and Applications Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically aft er a preset t ime delay when the phone is in the standby mode and no function of the
73 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . phone has been used. Select On , and you can set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes. Secur ity ke yguard â to set the phon e to ask for th e securi ty code when you unloc k the keyguard. Ente r the security code, and select On . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos sible to the o fficial eme rgency number programmed in to your device. Cell info display > On â to receive information from t he network operator depending on the network cell us ed (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Automatic â t o set t he phone automatica lly to s elect one of the cellular networks available in your area. With Manual , you can select a network that has a r oaming agreement w ith your home ne twork operator. Confirm SIM service actions â See SIM services p. 120 . Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts Start-up tone â to select whether the phone pl ays a start -up tone when t he phone is switched on
74 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Conn ecti vit y You can c onnect your phone to compatible devices us ing an infrared c onnection. You can a lso define t he settings for packet data dial-up connections. Infrared You can s et up the phone to s end and receive da ta through its infrared (IR) port. To use a n IR connection, the device with w hich you want to es tablish a connection must be IrD A compliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or dat a device (for example, a computer) t hrough the IR port of your phone. Do not poi nt the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to interfere with other I R devices. Infrared devices are Class 1 lase r products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and th at there are no obstructions between t he devices . To activate the IR port of your phone t o receive data using IR, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrar ed . To deac tivate the IR conne ction, se lect Menu > Settings > Connec tivity > Infrared . When the phone displays Deactivate infrared? , s ele ct Yes . If data transfer is not st arted within 2 minut es after the a ctivation of the IR por t, the connection is canc eled and must be started again. IR connec tion in dicat or When is shown c ontinuously, the IR connection is activated, and y our phone is ready to send or r eceive data th rough its IR port.
75 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . When blinks, your phone is tr ying to co nnect to th e other devi ce, or a connection has been lost. Packe t d ata (E GPRS ) Enhanced ge neral pack et radio service (EGPRS), pa cket data, is a networ k service which allow s mobile phones t o send and re c eive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enable s wireless acc ess to data networ ks such as the Internet. The applic ations that may use packe t data ar e MMS, browsing se ssions, e-mail, remote SyncML, Java application downloading, push to talk, instant messaging, and th e PC dial-up. To defi ne how to use the s ervice, sel ect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Packet data > Packet data connection . Select W hen needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an applicat ion needs it. T he connecti on will be clos ed when the applic ation is terminated. Select Always online to set the phone to automatic ally connect t o an packet data network when it is s witched on. indicat es a packet data connect ion. Mo dem se tti ng s You can c onnect the phone using an IR or a data cable (CA-42) connection to a compatible PC, and use the phone as a mode m to enable packet data connectivity from the PC.
76 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Packet dat a > P acket data set tings > A ctive access point , activa te the access point you want to use, and select Edit active access point . Select Alias for acc ess point , and enter a nick name for t he current ly selected access point. Select Packet data acces s point , and ent er the ac cess point name (APN) to establish a connection to an EGPRS network. You can als o set the dial-up service settings (access point name) on your PC using the Nokia Modem Options s oftware. See Nokia PC Suite p. 121 . If you have set the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC settings are us ed. â Enh anc em en ts This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanc ement. Select Men u > Settings > Enhancement s . You can select an enhancement menu if the corresponding enhancement is, or has been, connec ted to the phone. Depending on the enhancement , select from t he following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically ac tivated when you connect to the s elected enhanceme nt Automatic answer â t o set t he phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is set to Bee p on ce or Off , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set t he lights per manently On . Select Automatic to set the light s on for 15 seconds after a keypress.
77 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Text phone > Use text phone > Ye s â t o use the text phone settings ins tead of headset or loo pset settings â Conf igurat ion You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function c orrectly. The servi ces are brows er, multimedia me ssaging, remote Internet serve r synchronization, presence, and e- mail application. Get t he settings from your SIM card, from a service provider as a configuration mes sage, or enter your personal settings manually. You can store configuration settings from up to 20 service pr oviders in th e phone and ma nage them within t his menu. To s ave the conf iguration settings rece ived by a c onfiguration messa ge from a service provider, s ee Configuration settings service p. 15 . Select Menu > Settings > Configuration and from t he following options: Default configur ation settings â to view t he service providers saved in the phone. Scroll t o a service provider, and select Details to view t he applications th at the configuration s ettings of this service provider s upport. To set t he configuration settings of the service p rovider as default settings, s elect Options > Set as default . To delete configuration settings, select Dele te . Activate default in all applications â to ac ti va te the d efa ul t c on figu rat io n set t ing s for suppor ted applications Preferr ed access point â to view the saved access points. Scr oll to an access point, and se lect Options > Det ails to view t he name of the servic e provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or GSM dial-up number.
78 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Connect to ser vice provider support â to download the c onfiguration settings from y our service provider Personal configuration settings â to add new pers onal accounts for various service s manually, a nd to acti vate or delete them. T o add a new personal account if you hav e not added any, selec t A dd new ; otherwise, s elect Options > Add new . Select the service type, and select and ent er each of the requir ed parameters . The parameters differ according to the selected se rvice type. To delete or ac tivate a personal ac count, scroll t o it, and select Options > Del ete or A ctiv ate . â Sec urity When security features that restrict calls are in use (such as call barring, cl osed us er grou p and fixed dia ling) calls still ma y be possib le to the offi cial emerg ency number pr ogrammed into your device. Select Menu > Settings > Secur ity and from t he following options: PIN code request â to set th e phone to ask for your PIN or UPIN c ode every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM ca rds do not allow t he code reques t to be turned off. Call barring service (n etwo rk s ervice) â to restrict incoming calls to and outgoing calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls to se lected phone numbers if this function is s upported by y our SIM card Closed user group (network service) â t o specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you
79 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Securi ty level > Phone â the phone a sks fo r the security code w henever a new SIM card is inserted into the phone . Select Memory , and the phone asks for the security c ode when SIM car d memory is selected and you want to c hange the memory in us e. Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PI N code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, and barring pa ssword Code in us e â to select whether the PIN code or UPIN code is be act ive Pin2 code request â to s elect whether PIN 2 code is required when us ing a specific phone feat ure which is c overed by t he PIN2 code â Re store fa ctory settin gs To res et some of the menu settings t o their original va lues, sele ct Men u > Settings > Restore fac tory sett. . Enter the se curity code. The data you have entered or downloaded are not deleted, f or example, the names and phone numbers saved in Contacts .
80 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you ac cess a por tal to services provided by your net work oper ator. The name and the ic on depend on the oper ator. For more information c ontact, your net work operator. If t his menu is not shown, the following me nu numbers change ac cordingly. The operat or can update this menu wit h a service message. For more informat ion, see Service inbox p. 114 .
81 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1 1. Galler y In this menu you ca n manage graphics, images, recordings , video clips, themes, and t ones. These files are arranged in folder s. Your phone support s an activat ion key system t o protect acquired cont ent. Always check t he delivery t erms of any c ontent and activation k ey before acq uiring them, as th ey may be subject to a f ee. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. The files stored in Gallery use a memory th at may have a capaci ty of about 3 MB. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > G allery . To s ee the available options of a folder, se lect a folder and Options . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder and Op en . To s ee the available options of a file, s elect a f ile and Options .
82 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 12. Media Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. â Camera You can t ake photos or record video clips with the built-in camer a. The c amera produces pi ctures in JPEG format and vide o clips in 3GP format. When taking and using images or video clips, obey all laws and respe ct local customs as well as pri vacy and legi tim ate rights of other s. The Nokia 7360 d evice su pports a n image capture res olution o f 640 x 480 pixel s. The image resolution in these materials may appear different. Take a ph oto To take a photo, s elect Menu > Media > Camera > C apture . The phone saves t he photo in Gallery > Images . To take another phot o, select Back ; to s end the phot o as a multimedia message , select Send . To view the options, select Options . Record a video clip Select Menu > Media > C amera . To select the video mode, scroll left or right, or sel ect Options > Video ; to start the recor ding, select Record . To pause the recording, select Pa u s e ; to resume th e recording, selec t Continue . To stop the
83 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . recording, select Stop. The phone s aves the r ecording in Gallery > Video clips . To view t he options, s elect Options . â Radio Th e FM ra dio d epe nds on an ant enna ot her t han t he w irele ss de vice a nten na. A compa tible headset or enhanceme nt need s to be attached to the de vice for the FM radio to funct ion pro pe rly . War ning: Li sten to mus ic at a m oderate level. C ontinuous e xposure to high volume may damage your heari ng. Do not hold th e device near yo ur ear when the loud speaker is in use, because the volume may be extremely l oud. Select Menu > Media > Radio . To use t he graphical keys , , , or on the display, scroll left or right to t he desired k ey, and se lect it. To cha nge the volume , press th e volume k eys. Save ra dio ch an nels 1. To s tart the cha nnel search, s elect and hold or . To change t he radio frequency in 0. 05 MHz steps , briefly press or . 2. To s ave the channel to a memor y locat ion, 1 to 9, pr ess and hold t he corresponding number key. To save the channel in t he memory location from 10 to 20, press briefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the desired number key, 0 to 9 . 3. Enter t he name of t he channel, and select OK .
84 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Li st en t o th e r adio Select Menu > Media > R adio . To sc roll to the desired channel, select or or press the headset key. To select a radio channel location, briefly press the corresponding number keys. Select O ptions and from the f ollowing options: Switch off â to turn off the radio Save chan nel â t o save a new channel, and e nter the channel name Channels â to sele ct the lis t of saved channels . To dele te or r ename a channel, scroll to t he desired c hannel, and se lect Options > Delete channel or Rename . Mono output or Stereo output â to listen to the radio in monophonic sound or in ster eo Loudspeaker or Headset â to listen to the radio using the loudspeaker or headset. Keep the headset connected t o the phone. The lead of the headset functions as the radio antenna. Set frequency â to enter the f requency of the desired radio channel You can normally make a c all or answer an incoming c all while listening to the radio. During the call, the volume of the radio is muted. When an application using a packet data or HSCSD connect ion is sending or receiving da ta, it may interfere w ith the radio.
85 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Recor der You can record pieces of speech, sound, or an a ctive call for up to 5 minutes. The actual recording time de pends on the ava ilable memory space. The recorder cannot be used when a data call or packet data connect ion is active. Record so und 1. Select Menu > Media > Reco r der . To us e the graphical keys, , , or , on the display, s croll left or r ight to the desired key, and select it. 2. To s tart the recor ding, select . To start the recording during a c all, selec t Options > Re cord . While recording a ca ll, all par ties to the c all hear a faint beeping s ound about every 5 seconds. When recording a call, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear. 3. To end t he recording, select . The reco rding is saved in Gallery > Recor dings . 4. To lis ten to the lat est recording, sele ct Options > Play last recorded . 5. To s end the last r ecording using a multimedia message or IR, select O ptions > Send last recor ded . Li st o f rec ord in gs Select Menu > Media > Recorder > O ptions > Recordings list . The list of folders in the Gallery is shown. Open Recordings to see the list wit h recordings. Select Options to select options for files in the Galle ry . See Galler y p. 81 .
86 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 13. Organiser â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock . To set the ala rm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To set the phone to alert you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect the al arm tone or set a radio c hannel as t he alarm tone, select Alarm tone . If you select the radio as an alarm tone, connect the heads et to the phone. The phone uses the las t channel you listened to as the alarm, and the ala rm plays through t he loudspeaker. If you remov e the headset or switch off the phone, the default a larm tone replaces the radio. To set a snooze time-out, select Snooze time-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an a lert tone, and f lashes Alarm! and the current time on t he display, even if the phone was switched of f. To stop t he alarm, select Stop . If you let the phone continue to s ound the alarm for a minute or select Snooze , the alarm st ops for the selected snooz e time-out a nd then resumes. If the alarm tim e is re ached while the device is sw itched of f, the device sw itches its elf on and s tart s sou ndi ng the al arm tone. If yo u sele ct Stop , the device asks whether yo u want to
87 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . activate the devi ce for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Ye s to make and receive calls. Do not sele ct Yes when wirel ess phone u se may cause interfere nce or d anger. â Calenda r Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The c urrent day is indicated by a frame. If there are any notes set for the day, the day is in bold type. T o vie w the day not es, select View . To vi ew a week, s elect Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the mo nth or week view, and select Options > Delet e all notes . Other options for the day v iew may be Make a not e , Delete , Edit , Mo ve , or Repeat a note; Copy a note t o another day; Send note as t ext message or multimedia message, w ith IR, or t o the cale ndar of another compat ible phone. In Se ttings you can set the date and time s ettings. In Auto-delete not es you can set the phone to delete old not es automati cally after a specified t ime. Mak e a c al end ar not e Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . Scroll t o the date y ou want, a nd select Options > Make a n ot e and one of the follow ing note types : Meet ing , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . No te alarm The phone displays the note, and if set, sounds a t one. With a c all note on the display, to call the displayed number, press t he call key . To stop th e alarm and t o
88 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . view t he note, select View . To stop the alarm for about 10 minutes, select Snooze . To s top the alarm wit hout view ing the note, s elect Ex it . â To-do li st To s ave notes for tasks that you must do, select Menu > Organise r > T o-do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Add . Write the note, and select Save . Sele ct the pr iority, the deadline , and the alarm ty pe for the not e. To vie w a note, sc roll to it, and s elect Vie w . You can a lso select an option to delete the selecte d note and d elete all the notes that you have marked as done. You can sort the notes by priority or deadline; send a note t o another phone us ing a text message, multimedi a message, or inf rared; save a note as a calendar note; or acce ss the cale ndar. While vie wing a note, you can also s elect an option to edit the deadline or priority for the note or mar k the note as done. â Notes To use t his application f or writing and s ending notes, select Men u > Organiser > Notes . To create a not e if no not e is added, select Add note ; other wise, select Options > Make a n ot e . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting, and editing a not e. While edit ing a note, you can also exit th e text editor wit hout saving the cha nges. You can send the note to compatible dev ices using a t ext message, a multimedia mes sage, or IR. If
89 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the note is too long to send as a text messag e, the phone asks you t o delete the appropriate number of characters from your note. â Sync hro nizat i on Synchronization allow s you to sa ve your calendar and Contacts data on a r emote Internet se rver (network s ervice) or on a c ompatible PC. If y ou have sav ed data on the remote Internet server, to synchronize your phone, s tart the synchronization from your phone. To s ynchronize the data in the phone contacts, calendar, and notes t o correspond wit h the data of y our compatible PC, start the synchronization from the PC. The contact dat a in your SIM car d is not synchronized. Answering an incoming call during sy nchronization ends the synchronization, and you m ust rest art it . Server synchroniza tion Before synchronizing from your phone, you must do the following: ⢠Subscribe to a synchr onization service. For details, cont act y our service provi der. ⢠Retrieve the synchr onization settings from your serv ice provider. See Synchronization s ettings p. 90 . To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select the configuration s ettings you ne ed for the synchr onization. See Synchronization s ettings p. 90 .
90 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Data to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronized. 3. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Synchronise . The marked data of the active set is synchronized after confirmation. Synchronizing for the first t ime or after an interrupted s ynchronization may t ake up to 30 minutes to complete, if the contacts or calendar are full. Synchroniza tion sett ings You may receive the configuration settings required for synchronization as a configuration mes sage from t he service prov ider. To manage t he confi guration settings, s ee Configuration p. 77 . 1. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Sync s ettings and fr om the following options: Configuration â Only the configurations that support t he synchronization are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or Pe rsonal config. for synchronization. Account â Sel ect a synchroniza tion service acc ount conta ined in the active configuration settings. 2. Select PC sy nc settings to enter the settings for server alert ed synchronization. Se t the U ser name and Pa s s w o r d . The us er name and pas sword must be t he same in the phone a nd in the PC.
91 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Synchronize from a compatible PC To synchronize Co nt ac t s , Calendar , and Note s from a compatible PC, us e an IR or data cable connection. You also need No kia PC Suite softwar e of your phone installed on the PC. Start the synchroniz ation from t he PC using N okia PC Suite. â Calc ulator The c alculator in your phone adds, s ubtracts, multiplies, divides, c alculates the squar e and t he square root, and converts currency values. Note : This calc ulator has limite d accuracy and is d esigned for sim ple calculatio ns. Select Menu > O rganiser > Calculator . When 0 is dis played on t he screen, enter the f irst number in th e calculation. Pr ess # for a decima l point. Select O ptions > Add , Subtr act , Multiply , Divide , Square , Square root , or C hange sign . Enter the second number , if needed. F or a tota l, select Equals . Repeat t his sequence as many times as it is nec essary. T o start a new calculati on, select and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conversion, select Men u > Organ iser > Calculator . T o sa ve the exchange rate, select Options > Exchange r ate . Sele ct either of the displayed options. Ent er the ex change rate, press the # key for a dec imal point, and sel ect OK . The exchange rate remains in the me mory until you replace it w ith another one. To perform the currency c onversion, ent er the amount t o be convert ed, and sel ect Options > In domestic or In foreign . Note : When you change base cu rrency, you must enter the n ew rates because all previousl y set exchange rate s are set to zero.
92 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Stop wat ch To meas ure time, tak e intermediat e times, or t ake lap t imes, use the stopwatch. During timi ng, the other functions of the phone can be use d. To set the stopwatch timing i n the background, press the end key. Using the stop watch or allowi ng it to run in the backgro und whe n using other fe atures incr ease s the dema nd on batt ery powe r an d redu ces t he ba ttery lif e. Select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch and from the f ollowing options: Split timing â to t ake intermediat e times. T o start t he time obser vation, select Start . Select Split every time t hat you want to take a n interme diate time. T o stop the time obs ervation, s elect Stop. To save the measured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > St art . The new time is added to the previous time. To reset the time w ithout saving it, select Re se t . To se t th e stopwat ch timing in the background, press the end key. Lap timing â t o take lap times. To set the stopwatch timing in the background, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view t he most recently meas ured time if the st opwatch is not r eset View times or D elete times â to view or delete the save d times
93 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Coun tdow n ti me r Select Menu > Organiser > Timer . Enter t he alarm time in hours, minutes, a nd sec ond s, an d sele ct OK . If you wish, w rite your own not e text that is displayed when t he time expir es. To sta rt the countdow n timer, select Start . To chan ge the countdown ti me, select Change time . To s top the t imer, select Stop timer . If the alarm time is reached when t he phone is in the s tandby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdo wn time up . T o stop the ala rm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatical ly stops within 60 seconds. To stop the alarm and to delete the not e text, select Exit . To re st art the countdown timer, s elect Rest art .
94 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 14. Applicat ions â Games Your phone soft ware includes some games. Lau n ch a g am e Select Menu > Applic ations > Games . Scroll to the desired game, and select Open . For options related to a game, see Other applicat ion options p. 95 . Gam e d ownlo ads Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > Game downloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Selec t More bookmarks to access the lis t of bookmar ks in the Web me nu. See Bookmarks p. 112 . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. Gam e s etti ngs To s et sounds, lights, and s hakes for games and applications, sel ect Menu > Applications > Option s > App. settings .
95 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Colle ction Your phone soft ware includes some Java applic ations specially des igned for t his Nokia phone. Launch an ap plication Select Menu > Applications > Collection . Scroll to an applic ation, and s elect Open . Othe r ap plicat ion optio ns Delete â to delete the application or application set from the phone Details â t o view a dditional information about t he applicat ion Update ve rsion â to check if a ne w version of t he applicat ion is availa ble for download fr om Web (network servi ce) App. access â to res trict the appli cation f rom accessi ng the networ k. Differ ent categories are shown. Select in each category, if available, one of the following permissions: Ask every time to s et the p hon e to al wa ys a sk f or n et wor k acc ess , As k first time only to set the phone to ask for network access only on the first attempt, Always allowed to allow t he network a ccess, or Not allowed to not allow the networ k access . Web page â to provide fur ther information or addit ional data for t he application from an Internet page. This feature mus t be supported by t he network. It is only shown if an Internet address has been provi ded with t he applicat ion.
96 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Dow nload an appli catio n Your phone supports J2ME TM Java applic ations. Ensure t hat the applica tion is compatible wit h your phone bef ore downloading it . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. You can download new Java a pplications in diffe rent ways. Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > App. do wnloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Select M ore bookmar ks to access the list of bookmar ks in the Web me nu. Select the appropria te bookmark to c onnect to t he desired page. For the availability of different services, pricing, and t ariffs, contact your service provider. Select Menu > Web > Downloads . Download an appropr iate application or game. See Download file s p. 113 . Use the game download function. See Game downloads p. 94 . Use t he Nokia Application Installer in PC Suite to download the applications to your phone. Your device may have som e bookmark s loaded for sites no t affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endors e these sit es. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site.
97 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 15. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way radio service available over a G SM/GPRS cellular network (net work service). PT T provides dir ect voice communication. T o connect, press and hold the volume up (PTT ) key. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or group you are calling does not have to answer the phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there i s no other confirmation w hether the recipients have hea rd the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subs cribe to t he service , contact y our service provider. Roaming services may be more limited th an for normal calls. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. Se e PTT settings p. 106 . While you are connected to the PTT service, you can use the other functions of the phone. The PTT over c ellular service is not connect ed to traditiona l voice communication, and therefore ma ny of th e services av ailable for t raditional voic e calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications.
98 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Pus h to ta lk men u Select Menu > Push to talk . To conne ct to or disconnect fro m the PTT se rvice, selec t Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . To vie w the rece ived c allback requests , select Callback inbox . To vie w the list of PTT groups, select Group list . To view the list of cont acts to which you ha ve adde d the PTT address received from the service provider, select Contacts list . To add a new PTT group to the phone, select Add group . To set the PTT settings for use, select PTT settings . To set the required settings for t he PTT connection, select C onfig. settings . To open the browser a nd to connec t to the PTT network portal provided by t he service provider, selec t Web . â Con nect to a nd disco nnec t PTT To conne ct to the PTT serv ice, select Men u > Push to talk > Sw itch PTT on . indicat es the PTT connection. indicates that t he service is temporarily unavailable. The phone automatically tries to reconnect to the service until you disconnect from the PTT service. If yo u have added groups to t he phone, you ar e automatically joined to t he active ( Default or Listened ) groups, and the name of the default group is displayed in the standby mode. To dis connect from t he PTT ser vice, se lect Switch PTT off .
99 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Make and r eceive a P TT call Select Menu > Settings > T ones > Push t o talk settings to set th e pho ne to us e the loudspeak er or headset for PTT communication. War ning: D o n o t h o l d t h e d e v i c e n e a r y o u r e a r w h e n t h e l o u d s p e a k e r i s i n u s e , becau se the volume may be extremely lou d. When connected to t he PTT service , you can ma ke or r eceive dial-out calls, g roup calls, or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are calls you ma ke to only one person. Make a di al -o ut PTT ca ll For a dial- out PTT call you ca n select mult iple PTT contact s from the contact lis t. The recipi ents get an incoming call and need to ac cept the ca ll in order t o participate. A dial-out c all creates a temporary group, and the pa rticipants join this gr oup only for the duration of the call. After the call , the t emporary dial-out group is deleted. Select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list , and mark the desired conta cts for the dial-out call. The ic on behind the contact in the lis t denotes current login status: , , or indicat e that the per son is available, unavailable, or unknown; indicates t hat the login status is not a vailable. The login status is only available for subscribed contacts. T o change t he subscribed contacts, selec t Options and from the available contact lis t options Subscribe contact or U nsubscr. contact ; or if one or more contacts are already marked, Subscribe mar ked or Unsubscr . marked .
100 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key briefly to start the dial-out call. The marked cont acts ar e called by the PTT se rvice, and t he joining conta cts are shown on the display. Press and hold the volume up (PTT) k ey again to t alk to the joined contacts. Release the volume up (PTT) key to hear the response. Press the endkey t o terminate the dial-out call. Make a gr o up call To make a call to the default group, press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. A tone sounds, indicat ing that t he access is granted, and the phone displays your nickname and group name. To mak e a call to a non-default gr oup, select G roup list in the PTT menu, scroll to the desired group, and pres s and hold th e volume up (PTT) key. Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key the ent ire time you are t alking, and hold the phone in front of you so that you c an see the display . When you have finished, release the volume up (PTT) key. Talking is allowed on a f irst-come, firs t-served basis. Wh en someone stops talking, the first person to press the volume up (PTT ) key can talk next . Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT addres s, select Contacts list . Scroll to a cont act, and press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. You can also select the contact fr om Contacts .
101 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . To start a one-to-one c all from the lis t of PTT groups, select Group list , and s croll to the desired group. Select Options > A ctive members , s croll to t he desired contact, and pr ess and hold t he volume up (PTT) key. To s tart a one-to -one call from t he list of callback reques ts you have received , sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll t o the de sired nickname, and press and hold t he volume up (PTT) key. Receive a PTT call A short tone notifies you of an inc oming group and one-to-one call. When receiving a group call, the group name and the nic kname of the caller are displaye d. When receiving a one-to-one call f rom a person whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the save d name is displaye d if identif ied; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displaye d. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one call if you have set the phone to f irst notify you of the one-t o-one calls. If you pr ess and hold t he volume up (PT T) key to t ry to res pond to a group w hile another me mber is talking, y ou hear a queuing tone, and Que ui ng is displayed as long as you press the volume u p (PTT) key. Press and h old the volume up (PTT) key, and wait for the ot her person to finish; then you can talk. â Callba ck requ est s If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can s end a request for t he person t o call you back.
102 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . When someone sends you a callback request , Callback request rece ived is displaye d in the st andby mode. W hen you receive a c allback request f rom someone who is not in y our contacts lis t, you can s ave the name to your Contacts . Send a callback request You can s end a callbac k request in t he following ways : ⢠To s end a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Push to talk menu, sel ect Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and s elect Options > Se nd callback . ⢠To send a callbac k request from Contacts , searc h for the des ired contact, se lec t Options > Contact details , scroll to the PTT address, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from th e group list in t he PTT menu, select Group list , and s croll to the desired gr oup. Select Options > A ctive members , s croll to the desired contact, and select Opt ions > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, s elect Callback inbox . Scr oll to a contac t, and select Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-to-one c all, press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Se nd callback . To delete the request, select Delet e .
103 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Save the callback request sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT address to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . â Add a o ne-to -one contac t You can s ave the names of pers ons to whom you oft en make one- to-one calls in the following ways: ⢠To add a PTT address to a name in Con t act s , search for the desire d contact, and sel ect Options > A dd detail > PTT address . ⢠To add a contact t o the PTT c ontacts list, select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list > Opti ons > Add contact . ⢠To add a contact fr om the group lis t, connect to the PTT service, selec t G roup list , and scroll to the des ired group. Select Options > A ctive members . Scr oll to the member whose cont act informat ion you want to save, a nd select Options . To add a new cont act, select Save as . To add a PTT address to a name in Contacts , select Add to contact . â Cre ate a nd set u p gr ou ps When you call a group, all membe rs joined to the group hear t he call simultaneously.
104 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Each membe r in the group is identified by a nickname, which is s hown as a caller identificat ion. Group memb ers can choos e a nickname for themselve s in each group. Groups are registered with a URL addres s. One user registers the group U RL in t he network by joining the group session th e first time. There are three types of PTT groups: ⢠Provi sioned groups are c losed groups that allow only selec ted partic ipants provi sioned by the s ervice pr ovider to join. ⢠Ad hoc gr oups are groups that the user s can c reate. You can creat e your own group, and invite members to t he group. ⢠Ad hoc pr o groups are gr oups you can cr eate from me mbers in a pr ovisioned group. For example, a business can hav e a clos ed group and separate groups created for certain business functions. Add a grou p Select Menu > Push to talk > Add group . Select from the f ollowing options: ⢠Guided â to add a new group. To set t he security le vel for t he group, select Public group or Privat e group . If you s elect Private group , t he phone automatically creates a scr ambled part to the group addr ess that the members cannot view when they receive the invitat ion to the gr oup. Only the person who creat es the pr ivate group ca n invite more me mbers to th e group. Enter t he name for the group. Sele ct Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indica tes that t he group is s aved and its status. Default and Listened are active groups.
105 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . When you press and hold the volume up (PT T) key to mak e a group call, the default group is called if you have not scrolled to any other group or contact. To send an invitation t o the group, s elect Ye s when the phone request s it. You can send t he invitation using a text message or IR. The membe rs you invit e to the public groups can also inv ite more members to the group. ⢠Manual â to join an existing group. Ent er the group addr ess. Select Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indicates t hat the group is sa ved and its stat us. Default and Listened are active groups. When you press and hold the volume up (PTT) key to make a group call , th e default group is called if yo u have not scrolled to any other gr oup or contact. Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a group, Group invitation receive d: is dis played. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and t he group address if the group is not a priva te group, select View . 3. To add the group t o your phone, select Save . To set the status f or the group, sel ect Default , List ened , or Inactive . To rejec t the invitation, sel ect Exit > Ye s , or select View > Discard > Yes .
106 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â PTT s etti n gs There ar e two kinds of PTT se ttings: settings for conne cting to the service and settings for use . You may rec eive the settings for connecting t o the service from your service provider. See Configuration settings service p. 15 . You can enter the se ttings manually. See Configur ation p. 77 . To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Push t o talk > Config. settings and from the follow ing options: Configuration â to select a servi ce provide r, Default , or P ersonal c onfig. for PTT service . Only the c onfigurations that s upport the PTT service are shown. Account â to s elect a PTT service ac count contained in the active configura tion settings You can a lso select from the following opt ions: PTT user name , Default nickname , PTT password , Domain , an d Server address To edit t he PTT settings for use, select Me nu > Push to talk > P TT setti ngs and from the following: 1 to 1 calls > On â to select the phone to a llow the rece ption of incoming one -to- one calls 1 to 1 calls > Off â to mak e but not receive one- to-one ca lls. The service provider may off er some se rvices tha t override t hese setti ngs. To set t he phone to first notify y ou of incoming one-to-one calls wit h a ringing tone , select Not ify . Listened groups > On â to activate the listened groups
107 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . PTT status in star tup > Ye s â to set the phone to automati cally connect to the PT T service when you s witch the phone on Send my PT T address > No â to hide your PTT addres s from group and one-to-one calls
108 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 16. Web You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browse r (netwo rk serv ice ). Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, prici ng, tari ffs, and instruc tions with your service provider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that use w ireless mar kup language (WML) or extensible hyp ertext markup language ( XHTML) on t heir pages. Appearance may va ry due to s creen size. You may not be able t o view all details of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow si ng You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider that o ffers the servic e that you want to use. See Configuration settings service p. 15 . You can also enter all the configuration s ettings manually. See Configuration p. 77 . â Conn ect t o a se rvice First, ve rify that t he correc t configuration settings of the ser vice that you want to use a re activat ed.
109 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > We b > Settings > Configuration settings . 2. Select Conf iguration . Only the configurations that support brows ing service are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for browsi ng. See Set up browsing p. 108 . Select Account and a br owsing service account cont ained in th e active configuration settings. Select D isplay terminal window > Ye s to perform manual us er authenticati on for intr anet connections. Secondly, make a conne ction to the service in one of t he following ways : â¢S e l e c t Menu > Web > Home ; or in the standby mode, p ress and hold 0 . ⢠To s elect a bookmar k of the service, s elect Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To s elect the la st URL, s elect Menu > We b > Last web address . ⢠To enter the addres s of the service, selec t Menu > Web > Go t o address , en te r the address of t he service, and select OK . â Brows e pag es After you ma ke a connect ion to the service, you can start browsing its pages. The function of t he phone ke ys may v ary in differ ent services . Follow th e text guides on the phone display. For more informat ion, contact your service provide r. If packet data is selected as the data bearer, is shown on the top lef t of the display during browsing. If you rec eive a call or a text message, or make a call
110 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . during a packet data connection, is shown on the top of the display to indica te that t he packet data c onnection is suspended (on hold). Af ter a call the phone tries to reconnect the pa cket data connect ion. Brows e with ph one keys Use t he navigation keys to brows e through the page. To s elect a highlighte d item, pres s the call k ey, or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the keys, 0 to 9 . To enter spe cial chara cters, press * . Options wh ile browsi ng Nokia. com, Home , A dd bookmark , Bookmarks , P age options , Histor y , Downloads , Other options , Reload , an d Qui t may be available. The service provider may also offer other options. A cache is a memory location tha t is used to st ore data temp oraril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confident ial information requiring passwords, em pty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have accessed is stored in the ca che. To empty the cache , see Cache memory p. 115 . Direct callin g The browse r supports functions th at you can access while b rowsing. You can make a phone c all, save a name and a phone number from a page.
111 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Appear ance set tings While browsing, select O ptions > O ther options > Appear . settings ; or in the standby mode , select Me nu > Web > Se ttings > Appearance settings and from the following options: Text wrapping > On â to set the text to continue on the next line on the display. If you select Of f , t he text is abbreviated. Font size > Extra small , Small , or Medium â t o se t th e font s ize Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can s peed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of pictures . Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Yes â to se t th e phone to al ert wh en an encrypt ed connection changes to unencrypted during browsing. Alerts > Aler t for unsecure it ems > Yes â to set the pho ne to a ler t when an encrypt ed page contains an unsecure item. These alerts do not guarantee a secure connection. F or more inf ormation, see Browse r secu rity p. 115 . Character encoding > Cont ent encoding â t o select t he encoding for the browser page content Character encoding > U nicode (UTF-8) web addr esses > On â to set the pho ne to send a URL as a UTF -8 encoding. You may need th is setting when y ou access a Web page c reated in for eign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set t he screen s ize
112 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Cookie s A cookie is data t hat a site saves in t he cache memory of your phone. C ookies are save d until you clear the ca che memory. See Cache me mory p. 115 . While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Security > Cookie s ettings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Settings > Se curi ty se ttings > Cookies . To allow or prevent t he phone from receiving cookies , select Allo w or Reject . â Scr ipt s o ver se cu re c onne ct ion You can select whether t o allow the running of scripts from a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Secur ity > Script settings ; or in the standby mode, selec t Menu > We b > Settings > Security settings > Scripts over secure connec tion . 2. To allow the scripts , select Allo w . â Bookmar ks You can save page addresses as bookmarks in the phone memory. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Bookmar ks ; or in t he sta ndby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scrol l to a bookmar k, and select it; or pr ess the ca ll key t o make a c onnection to the page assoc iated with t he bookmark.
113 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 3. Select O ptions to view, edit, del ete, or send t he bookmark; creat e a new bookmar k; or save the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have som e bookmark s loaded for sites no t affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endors e these sit es. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site. Receive a bookm ark When you have receiv ed a bookmar k that is sent as a bookmark, 1 bookmark received is displayed. To save the bookmark, select Show > Save . To view o r delete t he bookmark, s elect Options > Vie w or Delete . To dis card the bookmar k directly after you have receiv ed the book mark, select Exit > OK . â Down loa d f ile s To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (network ser vi c e) , sel ect Menu > Web > Downloads > T one downloads , G raphic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , Theme do wnloads , or A pp. downloads . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. To save all downloa ded files automati cally i n the appropriate f older in Gallery or in Applications , s ele c t Menu > Web > Se ttings > Downloading settings > Aut omatic saving > On .
114 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Serv ice in box The phone is able to r eceive s ervice messages (pushed messages) s ent by your service provider (networ k service ). Service mes sages are notifications of , for example, news headlines , and they may contain a text message or a n address of a servi ce. To acc ess th e Service inbox in the s tandby mode , when you have r eceived a service message, s elect Sh ow . If you sele ct Exit , t he message is moved to t he Serv ice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox lat e r, se le ct Me nu > Web > Servic e inbox . To a cce ss t he Service inbox while browsing, selec t Opti ons > O ther options > Service inbox . Scroll to t he message y ou want, and to acti vate the browser and download t he marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed inf ormation on the service notific ation or to delete the message, select Opti ons > Details or Delete .
115 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Se rv ic e i nb ox set tin g s Select Menu > Web > Se ttings > Service inbox settings . To s et whether you want to receive se rvice me ssages, select Service messages > On or Off . To s et the phone to r eceive service messages only from cont ent authors approved by th e servic e provider, s elect Message f ilter > On . T o view the list of the app roved co nte nt a utho rs, se lect Trusted channels . To s et the phone to aut omatically act ivate the browser from t he standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Au tomatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone activat es the browser only after you select Retrieve when the phone has receiv ed a service mes sage. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location tha t is used to st ore data temp oraril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confident ial information requiring passwords, em pty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have accessed is stored in the ca che. To empty the cache, while browsing, select Options > Other options > Clear the cac he ; in the standby mode, selec t Men u > We b > Clear the cache . â Browse r securi ty Security features may be required for some service s, such as online banki ng or shopping. For such connec tions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and pos sibly a security module , which may be available on your SIM car d. For mor e information, contact your service provider.
116 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Secur ity m odule The s ecurity module impro ves security servic es for applicat ions requiring a browser connec tion, and allows you to use a digital signature . The security module may cont ain certifica tes as well as pr ivate and public keys. The certific ates are save d in the secur ity module by t he service provider. Select Menu > Web > Setting s > Securi ty se tting s > Se curity module settings and from the f ollowing options: Security module details â to show the security module title, status, manufactu rer, and se rial number Module PIN request â to s et the phone to as k for t he module PIN when using service s provided by t he security module. Ent er the code, and select On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to cha nge the module PIN, if allowed by t he security module. Ent er the c urrent module PIN code, then e nter the new code twice. Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Select t he signing PIN you want to chang e. Enter the current PIN code, then enter the new code t wice. See als o Access codes p. 13 .
117 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Certificates Important: Even if the use of certi fica tes makes th e risks invo lved in remo te connectio ns and softw are insta llation considerably sma ller, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased security. The existence of a certificate does not of fer an y prot ect ion by itself ; the certi ficat e mana ger mu st c ontain correct, a uthentic, or trusted certificat es for increased se curity to be avai lable. Certif icates have a restri cted life time. I f Expired certi fica te or Certif icate no t valid yet is shown even if th e certifi cate sho uld be vali d, check th at the curren t date and time in your d evice are correct. Before changing any certificat e settings, you mus t make sure that you really trust the owne r of the certi ficate an d that the cert ifica te really b elongs to the listed owne r. There are three kinds of certificat es: server c ertificates , authority certificat es, and user certificat es. You ma y receive t hese ce rtificates from your service provider. Author ity certificate s and user certificates may also be s aved in the security module by the service provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, sel ect Menu > We b > Settin gs > Security settings > Aut hority certificat es or User certificat es . The s ecurity indicator is displayed during a connection, if the data transmission between the phone and the content server is encrypted. The security ic on doe s not indica te that th e data t ransmissio n between th e gatew ay and the content server (or place where the requested resource is stored) is s ecure. The service provider secu res the data trans mission be tween the gatew ay and the cont ent server.
118 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Digit al s ign at ure You can ma ke digital signatures with your phone if your SIM card ha s a security module. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document. To mak e a digital signature, selec t a link on a pa ge, for example, th e title of t he book you want to buy and its price. The t ext to si gn, which may include the amount and dat e, is shown. Check tha t the he ader te xt is Read and that t he digital signature icon is show n. If the digital signature ic on does not appear , there is a secur ity breach, and you should not ent er any personal data such as your signing PIN. To s ign the text , read all of the text first, a nd select Sign . The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e signing. Select t he user cer tificate you want to use. Enter th e signing PIN (see Ac ce ss codes p. 13 ), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappears, and t he service may dis play a confir mation of your pur chase. â P osition ing in forma tion The network may send you a loc ation request. You can ensure that the net work delivers location information of your phone only if you approve it (net work service ). Contact your net work operator or service provider to s ubscribe and t o agree upon t he deliver y of locat ion information.
119 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . To ac cept or reject the location request, select Ac cept or Rejec t . If y ou miss the request, t he phone automatical ly acc epts or rejects it accor ding to what you have agreed with your network operator or service provider. The ph one displays 1 missed position reques t . To view the missed location r equest, select Show . To vie w the informat ion on the 10 most recent privac y notificat ions and reques ts or to delete them, select Men u > Web > P ositioning > P osition log > Open folder or Delete all .
120 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 17. SIM servi ces Your SIM card may pro vide additional servic es that y ou can access. This menu is shown only if it is s upported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. To set the phone to s how you the conf irmation mes sages sent between y our phone and th e network when y ou are us ing the SIM service s, select Men u > Settings > Phone > Confir m SIM service actions > Ye s . Accessing these servic es may involve sending messages or making a phone call for which y ou may be char ged.
121 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 18. PC connectivity You can s end and receiv e e-mail, and access the Internet w hen your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through an infrared or a dat a cable (CA-42) connection. You can use y our phone wit h a variet y of PC connectivity a nd data communications applications. â Nokia PC S uite With Nokia PC Suite you can synchronize Con ta ct s , Calendar , To-do list , a nd Not es between your phone and the compatible PC or r emote Internet se rver (network servi ce) . You may find more information a bout Nokia PC Suite, for exa mple, downloadable files in the support area on the Nokia Web s ite at www .nokia.com/suppor t. â P acket da ta, HSC SD, and CSD With your phone you c an use packet data, high-speed circuit switched dat a (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD, G SM data ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work operator or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery faster than normal v oice or data calls. You may need t o connect the phone to a charger for the duration of data transfer. See Packet dat a (EGPRS) p. 75 .
122 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Dat a co mmu nic ati on a pp lic at ion s For information on using a data communication application, r efer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not r ecommended, as it might disrupt t he operation. For better per formance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary sur face with the keypad facing down. Do not move th e phone by holding it in your hand duri ng a dat a call.
123 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 19. Battery info rma tion â Cha rgi ng an d di sc harg i ng Your de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new b attery is achieved only afte r two or three complet e charge and discharg e cycles. The batte ry can be ch arged an d dis charge d hu ndreds of times but i t wil l even tua lly we ar out. Wh en the talk an d standby time s are noticeably sho rter than no rmal, replace the b attery. Use o nly Nokia appr ov ed ba tt eri es, an d re cha rge yo ur bat tery on ly wi th Noki a ap pro ved ch arg er s designated for this device. Unplug the char ger from the electrica l plug and th e device when not in use. Do not leave a fu lly cha rged batt ery conn ected t o a charg er, since ove rcharg ing m ay sh ort en i ts life tim e. If lef t unuse d, a fu lly c harge d bat tery will los e its char ge ove r time. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is dama ged. Do not short-circui t the battery. Ac cidental short-circu iting can occur when a metalli c object such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct conn ection of the positive ( ) a nd negative ( - ) terminals of the b attery. (Thes e look like meta l strips on the b attery.) This might happen, for example, when you carr y a spare batt ery in your poc ket or purse . Short- circuiti ng the terminals ma y damage the batt ery or the connec ting object . Leaving th e batter y in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in s ummer or win ter conditions, w ill reduce the capacit y and lifetime of the batter y and its ability to charge. Always try to keep the battery between 1 5ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A device with a hot or cold battery ma y not work temporari ly, even when the batt ery is fully ch arged. Battery performa nce is parti cularl y limited in temperatu res well b elow fre ezing.
124 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Do not dispo se of batteri es in a fire as th ey may expl ode. Batter ies may als o expl ode if damaged. Dispos e of batteries according to lo cal regulatio ns. Please re cycle when possib le. Do not dis pos e as ho useh old waste . â Nokia batter y authent ication gu ideline s Always use orig inal Nokia batte ries for your sa fety. To check that you are gettin g an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an autho rized Nokia dealer, look for the Nokia Original Enhancements logo on the p ackaging and inspect the h ologra m label usin g the follow ing ste ps: Successful completio n of the four step s is not a total as surance of the authe nticity o f the battery. If you have any reason to belie ve that your battery is not an authenti c original Noki a battery, yo u should refra in from usi ng it and tak e it to the neares t authorized Nokia service poi nt or de ale r for as sist an ce. Your auth or ized Nok ia serv ice p oi nt or dea ler wi ll ins pe ct t he battery for authentici ty. If a uthenticity cannot be verified, return the battery to th e place of purcha se.
125 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Auth enti cate holo gr am 1. Wh en l ooking at th e ho logra m labe l, you sh ould s ee the Nok ia conne ctin g hands symb ol from one angl e an d the N okia Ori ginal E nhanc emen ts logo wh en looki ng f rom a nother a ngle . 2. When you ang le the ho logram l eft, righ t, down, a nd up, you sho uld s ee 1 , 2, 3 , an d 4 do ts on each si de re sp ecti ve ly . 3. Scr atch the side of the labe l to r eveal a 20-di git c ode, f or examp le, 12345 6789198765 43210 . Turn th e battery so that the numbers are fac ing upwa rds. The 20 -digi t code reads starting from the nu mber at the top row follow ed by the bottom row. 4. Confir m that th e 20-digit co de is valid by fo llowin g the instructions at www.nokia.com/ba tterychec k. To create a te xt messa ge, enter the 20-dig it cod e, for ex ample, 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 44 7786 200276. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll app ly. You should rece ive a messag e indica ting whether the code can be authentica ted.
126 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . What if your battery is not authentic? If you cannot confirm tha t your Nokia battery with the h ologram on the label is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Ta ke it to the neares t authorized Nokia service point or dealer for assista nce. The us e of a bat tery that is not appro ved by the ma nufactur er may be d ange rous an d m ay res ult in po or perf orm ance a nd damage to your d evice and i ts enhancements . It may also i nvalidate an y approval or warra nty applying to th e device. To find out more about or iginal Nokia batteries, vi sit www.nok ia.com/batte ry.
127 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Care a nd m ainten ance You r dev ice is a pr odu ct of s uper i or d es ign an d c raf ts ma nsh ip and s hou ld be tr ea te d wi th care. The suggestions bel ow will help you protect yo ur warranty coverage. ⢠Kee p the d evice dry. Prec ipitat ion, humidi ty a nd al l types of liqu ids o r moi sture can contain mineral s that will corrode el ectronic circu its. If your device does get wet, remove the battery a nd allow the d evice to dry comple tely befo re replac ing it. ⢠Do not us e or s tore the device in d usty, d irty are as. Its movi ng par ts an d e lectron ic co mpon ents c an be d ama ged. ⢠Do not store the devic e in h ot ar eas. Hig h tem peratur es can shorten the life of elect ronic de vices, dama ge b atteri es, and wa rp or melt c ert ain plasti cs. ⢠Do not store the devi ce in cold areas. When the de vice returns to its normal tem perature, mo istur e can form i nsid e th e devic e a nd dama ge e lectr onic c ircui t bo ards. ⢠Do not attemp t to open the dev ice other than as instructed in th is guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, o r shake the device. Ro ugh handling can break in ternal circuit boa rds and fi ne mech anic s. ⢠Do not use harsh chem icals, cleaning s olven ts, or stron g dete rgents to clea n the dev ice. ⢠Do not pa int t he dev ice. Paint c an cl og t he mov ing p arts an d p revent pro per op erat ion. ⢠Use a soft, cl ean, dry cloth to clea n any lenses ( such as camera, proxim ity sensor , and light s ensor l enses). ⢠Use only th e sup plied or an appro ved repl acem ent an tenn a. U naut horiz ed an tenn as, mo dificat ions , or at tachme nts co uld d amage the devic e and may vi olat e regu lations gov erni ng radio devices . ⢠Use cha rgers indoo rs.
128 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . ⢠Always creat e a backup of data you want to keep (such as contac ts and calendar note s) before sending your devi ce to a service facilit y. All of the abov e suggesti ons apply equal ly to your device, b attery, charg er, or any enhancement. If any device is not working properly, t ake it to the ne arest aut horized service facility for service.
129 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Add itiona l safet y inform ation Your d evice and i ts enh ancements ma y conta in small parts . Keep t hem out o f the reach of small childr en. â Operat ing envi ronm ent Remember to f ollow any spe cial regula tions in fo rce in any are a and always switch of f your device whe n its use is prohibi ted or when it may cause interfere nce or d anger. Us e the devic e only in it s normal opera ting posi tions. T his devi ce meets RF ex posure guid elines when used either i n the norm al us e positi on aga inst th e ear o r when pos itione d at le ast 2 .2 centime ters away fro m the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder i s used for b ody-worn operation, it s hould not c ont ain me tal a nd s hould posi tio n the devi ce th e ab ove- state d di stan ce fro m your body.I n o rder t o tran smit data fi les or mes sages, this device r eq uires a goo d qual ity connection to th e network. In s ome cases, transmis sion of data fil es or messa ges may be dela yed until such a connect ion is ava ilable. Ensure t he above separa tion dis tance instructi ons are fo llowed until the transm ission is co mplete d. Parts of the device a re magnetic. Metalli c materials may be at tracted to the d evice. Do not place cred it cards or o ther ma gnetic sto rage media near th e device , because i nformat ion st ored o n th em m ay be er ased . â Medical devic es Ope ration of a ny ra dio tra nsmi ttin g equipm ent, i nclud ing wi rel ess phon es, m ay int erfe re with the functi onality o f inadequ ately prot ected medica l device s. Consult a physician or t he manufacturer of the med ical device to determine if they are a dequate ly shielded from external RF energ y or if you have any q uestions. Switch off your device in heal th care facilitie s when an y regulatio ns posted in these ar eas ins truct you to do so . Hospit als or health care f aciliti es may be using equ ipment that could be sens itive to exter nal RF ener gy.
130 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Pacemaker s Pacemaker man ufacture rs recommend that a minimu m separatio n of 15.3 centime ters (6 inch es) b e m aintai ned betwe en a wirel ess pho ne and a pace make r to a void p ote ntial interferenc e with the pacemake r. These recommen dations are consisten t with the independen t researc h by and recommen dations of Wir eless Techno logy Rese arch. Person s wi th pacema kers shoul d do the follo wing: ⢠Always keep the device mo re than 15 .3 centimeters (6 inches) from t he pacemake r ⢠Not carry the de vice in a breast p ocket ⢠Hold the de vice to the ea r opposite the p acemaker to minimize the pote ntial for interference. If you suspect inte rference, s witch off your device, and move the device away. Hearing a ids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with so me hearing aids. If interference occurs, consu lt your servi ce provi der. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst alled or inad equate ly shielded electronic s ystems i n motor vehicl es such as electr onic fu el injectio n systems , electronic a ntis kid (antilo ck) br aking sys tem s, el ect roni c sp eed cont rol s yst ems, and air bag syste ms. For more information, check with the manufactu rer, or its repres enta tive, of your vehicl e or any eq uipmen t that has be en adde d. Only qualif ied person nel should ser vice the de vice, or insta ll the device in a vehicle . Faulty installatio n or servi ce may be dangerou s and may inval idate any warranty t hat may appl y to the device. Ch eck regula rly that all wirele ss device eq uipment in your vehic le is mounted and op eratin g pr operl y. D o not sto re or c arr y flam ma ble l iqui ds, ga ses, or explos iv e mat erial s in the same compar tment as the de vice, it s parts, or enhanceme nts. Fo r vehicles equ ipped
131 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . with an air b ag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, incl udin g inst alle d or port able w ire less equi pment in t he are a ove r th e air b ag or in the air bag deploy ment area . If in-veh icle wi reless equipment i s impro perly insta lled, a nd the air bag inflates, s erious injury could resu lt. Using your de vice while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operatio n of the airc raft, disru pt the wir eless tele phone netwo rk, and may be ille gal. â Potent iall y expl osive enviro nment s Switch off your device w hen in any area with a pot entially ex plosive a tmosphere, and obey all signs and instruct ions. Poten tiall y explosiv e atmosphere s includ e areas wher e you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engin e. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire res ulting in bodily injury or even death. Sw itch off the device at refueling poi nts such as near gas pu mps at s ervic e st ation s. O bser ve r est ricti ons o n t he us e of ra dio equi pment in fu el de po ts , sto rag e, and d ist ribut ion are as ; che mic al pla nts; or where bla sti ng operatio ns are in progr ess. A reas with a poten tiall y explosive atmosphere a re oft en, but not always, clearly marke d. They includ e below deck on boats , chemical trans fer or storage fac ilities , vehi cles usi ng liqu efie d petr oleum gas (such a s prop ane o r buta ne), a nd ar eas where the air contains chemicals or pa rticles s uch as grain, dus t, or metal p owders . â Emergen cy ca lls Important: Wi rel ess phon es, i ncludi ng th is devi ce, ope rate u sing r adio signa ls, wireles s netwo rks, l andlin e netw orks, and user-p rogra mme d functi ons. B ecause of this, conn ections in all conditio ns cannot be guara nteed. Y ou should never rely solely o n any wireles s device for esse ntial c ommunication s like medica l emerge ncies .
132 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . To mak e an e mergency call: 1. If the d evice is not on, switch it on. Check for adequ ate signal streng th. Some network s may require that a valid SIM ca rd is properly in serted in the device. 2. Press the end key as many ti mes as needed to clear the disp lay and ready the device for calls. 3. Enter the official emergency number for your presen t location. Emergency numbers vary by lo cat ion. 4. Press the call key. If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those fea tures off before you can make an emerge ncy call. Consult this gu ide or your service prov ider for more informa tion. When making an emergency call , give all the necessary i nformation as accuratel y as possible. Y our wirel ess device ma y be the only mean s of communica tion at the sc ene of an acc ident. Do no t end t he ca ll until gi ven pe rmiss ion to do so. â Ce rtif icat ion inf orm ati on (SA R) This mobi le device meets guideli nes for exp osure to radio waves Your mobile device is a rad io transmitt er and re ceiver. I t is design ed not to excee d the limits for exposure to ra dio waves recommended by international g uidelines. These guidelines were dev e lope d by the in depe nd en t s cien tif i c org an iza tion ICNI RP a nd inc lud e sa fe ty ma rgins desi gned to a ssure the pro tectio n o f all pe rs ons, r egard les s of ag e an d he alth. Th e expo su re gui del ines for mo bile devi ces e mpl oy a unit of m eas ureme nt kn own as t he Specifi c Absorpt ion Rate o r SAR. The SAR lim it state d in the IC NIRP guid elines i s 2.0 watt s/ kil ogram (W /kg) av erag ed ov er 10 gra ms of tissue . Tes ts for SAR are co nduct ed u sing standard o perating pos itions w ith the device tra nsmit ting at its hi ghest cert ified pow er level in all t ested fre quency band s. Th e act ual S AR le vel of an o per ating d evi ce can be b elow the maximum value becaus e the device is designe d to use onl y the power r equired to r each the
133 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . netw ork . That amo unt cha nges depe nding on a num ber of fact ors such as how close yo u are to a network base statio n. The high est SAR value u nder the ICNIRP guide lines for u se of the d evi ce a t th e ea r i s 0 .6 0 W /k g. Use of device acce ssories and enh ancements ma y result in differe nt SAR values. SAR values may var y depe nding on nat ion al re porting an d test ing re quire ment s and the network band . Ad dition al SAR info rmati on may be pr ovided un der product inform atio n at ww w.no kia.com .
134 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Index A access c odes ......... ..... ........... ...... 14 accesso ries See enhancements. .. ...... ........... 12 alarm clock ....... ..... ........... ........... 86 antenna ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 21 application download .... ........... 16 audio messaging ....... ........... ...... 42 B barring password . ........... ..... ...... 15 battery authe ntic ation ... ...... ......... 124 charge level ........ ........... ...... 23 charging ......... ..... ........ 19 , 12 3 installati on .... ..... ........... ...... 17 bookmarks .. ...... .......... ........... .... 112 browser appearance s ettings ........ 111 bookmar ks ...... ........... ..... .... 112 browsing pages ....... ..... .... 109 cache memory ... ...... ......... 115 certificates ...... .......... ...... ... 117 cookies .. ........... .......... ...... ... 112 digital signature . ........... ... 118 scrip t set ting s . .......... ...... ...112 security module ....... ......... 116 set u p ..... ..... ........... ........... ... 108 business cards .. ........... ..... ........... 60 C cache me mory ....... .......... ...... ... 115 calculator .......... ...... .......... ........... 91 calendar ... .......... ........... ..... ........... 87 calendar note ... ........... ........... ..... 87 call functions ... ........... ........... ..... 27 call key ..... .......... ...... .......... ........... 22 call register .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 67 call settings ...... ...... .......... ........... 71 call waiting .. ..... ........... ..... ........... 28 caller groups ........... ..... ........... ..... 63 calls answer ........ ........... ..... ........... 28 call waiting ..... .......... ........... 28
135 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . international . ........... ........... 27 making of ....... ........... ..... ...... 27 options during call ...... ...... 28 recent calls list ........ ........... 67 reject .......... ..... ........... ........... 28 speed dialing . ........... ........... 27 voice dialing .. ........... ..... ...... 65 camera record a video clip .. ........... 82 take a photo .. ........... ..... ...... 82 care ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ......... 127 certificates ....... .......... ...... ......... 117 certification informati on ... .... 132 charge the batter y ......... ..... ...... 19 circuit swit ched data ..... ..... .... 121 clock settings ... .......... ........... ...... 71 codes acces s ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 barring password ......... ...... 15 PIN ... ........... ..... ........... ........... 14 PUK ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 secu rity ...... .......... ...... ........... 14 UPIN ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 configuration ... .......... ...... ........... 77 configuration setting service .1 5 contact information ....... ...... ..... 16 contacts bu sine ss c ards ..... ........... ..... 60 caller groups ........ ..... ........... 63 copy ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... 58 delete ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 59 edit details ...... .......... ........... 59 my numbers ......... ........... ..... 66 my presence ......... ..... ........... 60 save ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... 57 search .... ........... ..... ........... ..... 57 service numbers .. ........... ..... 66 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 63 speed dialing .. .......... .... 63 , 65 subscribed names .... ........... 61 cookies .......... ........... ..... ........... ... 112 countdown timer ....... ..... ........... 93 counters ... .......... ...... .......... ........... 67 CSD ........... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 121 customer service ... .......... ........... 16 D data communication . ..... ......... 121 date setti ngs .... ........... ..... ........... 71 delete
136 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . e-mail ... ...... .......... ........... ...... 52 messages ........ ........... ..... ...... 53 dictionary .... ........... ........... ..... ...... 30 digital signature .. ..... ........... .... 118 display settings ......... ...... ........... 70 downloads applications ... ........... .. 16 , 11 3 content ...... .......... ........... ...... 16 files .. ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 113 E earpiece .. ........... .......... ...... ........... 22 EGPRS ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 75 e-mail ..... ........... .......... ...... ........... 49 e-mail settings ..... ........... ..... ...... 55 emergency calls ... ........... ..... .... 131 end call ........ ........... ..... ........... ...... 27 end key ........ ...... .......... ........... ...... 22 enhancement settings ........ ...... 76 enhancements . .......... ...... ........... 12 F factory settings .... ........... ..... ...... 79 fla sh mes sa ges ..... ..... ........... ...... 41 folders inbox . .......... ...... .......... .... 40 , 51 other . ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 51 outbox ... ........... .......... ...... ..... 40 save d i tems ..... ..... ........... ..... 40 sent items .. ........... ..... ........... 40 fo nt si ze ... .......... ...... .......... ........... 56 G gallery ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 81 H handsfree. See loudspeak er. help text .. ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 73 high-speed circuit switched da ta 121 HSCS D ...... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 121 I IM ... ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 43 IMAP4 ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 49 indicators .......... ...... .......... ........... 25 info mess ages .. ........... ..... ........... 52 infrared connection ...... ..... ........... ..... 74 port ......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 22
137 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . installation battery ....... .......... ...... ........... 17 SIM card .... .......... ...... ........... 17 instant messaging accept invitation .......... ...... 46 availability .......... ...... ........... 47 block ........... .......... ...... ........... 48 con ta ct s ..... ..... ........... ........... 47 conversation ....... ...... ........... 47 groups .. ........... ..... ........... ...... 48 read ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 46 reject invitation . ........... ...... 46 servi ce ........ .......... ........... ...... 44 st art se ss ion .. ........... ..... ...... 44 unblock ...... .......... ........... ...... 48 Internet .. ........... .......... ...... ......... 108 IR. See infrared. K keyguard ................ ........... ..... ...... 26 keypad lock ................ ........... ...... 26 keys ..... .......... ........... ..... ........... ...... 22 L language ..... ...... .......... .......... 30 , 32 lights ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 76 location information ...... ......... 118 lock the key pad .......... ..... ........... 26 log ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 67 loudspeaker ...... ........... ......... 22 , 28 M maintenance .... ........... ...... 16 , 127 media camera .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 82 radio ....... ..... ........... ........... ..... 83 rec ord e r . ........... ..... ........... ..... 85 memory cache ..... ..... ........... .... 110 , 115 capacity ........... ..... ........... ..... 81 copy ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... 58 ful l .......... ........... ..... ......... 35 , 40 selec t ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 63 shared memory ... ..... ........... 12 SIM ......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 57 statu s ..... ........... ..... ......... 63 , 72 menu .. ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 33 message center number ........... 34 message counter ........ ..... ........... 56 message length indicator ........ 35
138 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . message settings . ........... ........... 53 MMS settings .. .......... ........... ...... 54 MMS. See multimedia messages. modem settings ... ..... ........... ...... 75 multimedia messages ......... ...... 37 my numbers ..... .......... ........... ...... 66 my presence ..... .......... ........... ...... 60 my shortcuts ......... ........... ..... ...... 69 N names. See contacts. navigation ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 33 navigation key ...... ..... ........... ...... 22 network EG SM .... ...... .......... ........... ...... 11 GSM . ........... ..... ........... ........... 11 name on display ...... ........... 23 servi ces ........... ........... ..... ...... 11 Nokia contact and support ..... 16 note alarm ........ .......... ........... ...... 87 notes .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... 88 O operator menu ...... ........... ..... ...... 80 organizer ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... 86 overview functions ... ........... ..... ........... 13 keys and parts .......... ........... 22 P packet data ....... ...... .......... . 75 , 121 parts .... ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 22 PC connectivity ......... ........... ... 121 PC Suite ........... ..... ........... ... 121 synchronization .. ........... ..... 91 personalize the phone ... ...... ..... 68 phone lock. See key pad lock. phone settings ....... ..... ........... ..... 72 phone strap ...... ...... .......... ........... 21 phonebook ........ ...... .......... ........... 57 photos ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 82 PIN code ....... ........... ..... ........... ..... 20 PIN codes ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 14 POP3 ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 49 Pop-Port connect or ........ ........... 22 positioning ........ ........... ..... ......... 118 power key .......... ........... ..... ........... 22 power saving .......... .......... ...... ..... 24 predictive text input . ......... 30 , 31
139 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . profiles ......... ........... ..... ........... ...... 68 PTT ke y ......... ........... ..... ........... ...... 22 PUK codes ... ........... ........... ..... ...... 14 punctuation marks ... ........... ...... 32 push to talk key ........ ...... ........... 22 R radio ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 83 recent calls list ..... ........... ..... ...... 67 re cor de r ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 85 repair ser vice ........ ..... ........... ...... 16 ringing tones .... ..... 63 , 69 , 81 , 82 S safe ty additional information ... 129 certification inf ormation (SAR) ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 132 emer gency calls . ........... .... 131 enhancements ... ........... ...... 12 guidelines .. .......... ........... ...... ... 9 operating environment .. 129 SAR .. ........... .......... ...... ......... 132 SAR ..... .......... ........... ..... ........... .... 132 scree n saver .......... ..... ........... ...... 24 scri pt sett in gs .. ........... ........... ... 112 scroll key. See navigat ion key. sec urit y codes . .......... ........... ..... ........... 14 module ....... ...... .......... ......... 116 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 78 selection k eys ... ........... ..... .... 22 , 23 server synchronization .. ........... 89 servi ce commands ....... .......... ........... 53 numbers ........... .......... ...... ..... 66 servi ce s .... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 108 se ttings .... .......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 68 call settings .... .......... ...... ..... 71 clock .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 71 configuration ....... ..... ........... 77 connectivity ......... ........... ..... 74 date ... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 71 display ........ ........... ........... ..... 70 EGPRS .... ........... .......... ...... ..... 75 enhancements ..... ........... ..... 76 IR ........ .......... ...... .......... ........... 74 messages ... ........... ..... ........... 53 modem settings .. ........... ..... 75 my shortcuts ... ..... ........... ..... 69
140 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . packet data .... ........... ..... ...... 75 phone settings ... ........... ...... 72 profiles ....... ..... ........... ........... 68 restore fact ory settings .... 79 service inbox ...... ........... .... 114 shortcuts ... ..... ........... ........... 69 themes ....... .......... ........... ...... 68 time . ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 71 tones ........... .......... ...... ........... 69 shared memory ......... ........... ...... 12 shortcuts ..... ...... .......... .......... 23 , 69 in standby mode ..... ........... 24 navigation key ......... ..... ...... 24 personal list ........ ........... ...... 23 signal strength .......... ...... ........... 23 SIM card installation .......... ...... 17 SIM services .......... ..... ........... .... 120 SMS ......... ........... .......... ...... ........... 34 SMS e-mail ........... ........... ........... 35 SMS settings ......... ........... ..... ...... 53 SMS templates ..... ........... ........... 36 special charact ers ..... ...... ........... 32 speed d ialing ......... ........ 27 , 63 , 65 standby mode ....... ........... ..... ...... 23 stopwatch ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 92 str ap .... ...... .......... ........... ..... ........... 21 subscribed names add contacts ........ ........... ..... 62 unsubscribe a contact ...... 63 support .......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 16 switch on and off ....... ........... ..... 20 symbols .... .......... ...... .......... ........... 25 synchronization ..... .......... ........... 89 T take a photo ..... ........... ..... ........... 82 templates .......... ...... .......... ........... 36 te xt mes sa g e .......... ..... ........... ..... 34 text message sett ings .... ........... 53 text writing .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 30 the me s ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 68 time settings .......... ..... ........... ..... 71 timers . ...... .......... ........... ..... ........... 67 to-do list . .......... ...... .......... ........... 88 tones ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 69 traditional text input ..... .... 30 , 32 U unlock ke ypad .. ........... ..... ........... 26 UPIN .... ...... .......... ........... ..... .... 14 , 79
141 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . UPIN code ......... ..... ........... ........... 20 V vibrating a lert ....... ........... ..... ...... 69 video clip ........... .......... ...... ........... 82 voice command key . ........... ...... 22 voice commands .. ........... ........... 64 voice dialing add voice t ags .......... ........... 64 make a call .... ........... ..... ...... 65 manage voice tags . ..... ...... 64 voice messages ..... ........... ..... ...... 52 voice tags .......... .......... ...... ........... 64 volume keys ............... ........... ...... 22 W wallpaper .......... ...... .......... .... 68 , 70 We b bookmarks . ........... ........... ... 112 connect ...... ........... ..... ......... 108 wireless markup language .. ... 108 WML ......... .......... ...... .......... ......... 108 write text mes sage .... ........... ..... 35 writing language ... .......... ........... 30 writing text .. ..... ........... ..... ........... 30 X XH TM L 108
142 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved .
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMITY We, NO KIA COR POR ATI ON de cla re un der our so le r es ponsi bil ity tha t th e prod uc t RM- 127 is in co nformi ty with the p rov ision s of the fo llow ing Co uncil Dir ective: 199 9/5/ EC. A c op y of the De cla rat ion o f C onf orm ity can be fo un d fr om ht tp:/ /w ww. n okia .com / phon es/ de cl arat ion _of_ co n formi ty/ . The crossed-out wheeled bin means that within the European Union the product mu st be taken to se parat e co lle ction at the prod uct e nd-of lif e. Thi s a ppli es to y our d evi ce but also t o any enha nceme nts m ark ed wit h thi s sy mbol. Do not dis pose of the se product s as unso rted muni cipa l was te. Copy r ight é 20 05 Nok ia . Al l righ t s re se rv ed. Reprodu cti on, tra nsfe r, dis tr ibuti on or st orage of par t or a ll o f the cont ent s in th is d ocume nt in any f orm without the prior written permission of Nokia is prohibited. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Xpress-on, and Pop-P ort are trademarks or registered trademark s of Nokia Cor porati on . Othe r pr oduc t and compa ny na mes men tio ned h erei n ma y be tr ademar k s or tra denam es of th eir re spect ive own ers. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corporation. US Patent No 5818437 and other pendin g pate nts. T 9 text inpu t soft ware Copy righ t (C) 19 97-200 5. Tegi c Comm unications, Inc. All rights reserved. Inclu des R SA BS AFE cryp togra phi c or s ecu rity prot ocol softw ar e from R SA S ecur ity. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
This pr oduct is lice nsed u nder th e MPEG -4 Vis ual P aten t Portf oli o Li cense (i) f or pe rso nal an d no ncom m ercia l use in c onne ctio n wi th in form atio n w hich h as b een enco de d in c omp lian ce wi th t he MPEG-4 Visual Sta ndard by a co nsumer engaged in a p ersonal an d noncommercial activ ity and (i i) for u se in co nnect ion with MP EG-4 v ideo prov ided by a li cens ed v ideo provi der. No li cens e is grante d o r shall be impli ed f or any oth er us e. A dditi on al in form atio n, i ncl udin g tha t rel ate d to p romoti ona l, inte rnal , and comm ercia l uses, ma y be obt ained from MPE G LA , LLC. See <h ttp://ww w.mp egla.com >. Nokia oper ate s a poli cy of co ntin uous deve lopm ent. Noki a res erve s the rig ht to make chan ges an d impro veme nts to any of the prod uct s desc ribe d in this doc ument with out pr io r noti ce. Un der n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any speci al, inci den tal, c onse que ntial or in dir ect dama ges how soev er ca used. T h e c o n t e nt s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a pp l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t ie s o f an y kin d, e ithe r exp res s or i mp lied , inc ludi ng, but not li mi ted to, th e im plie d w arran tie s of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose , are made in relation to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notice. The av aila bili ty of par ticu lar prod ucts m ay va ry by r egi on. Pl ease che ck wi th the Noki a dea ler ne are st t o you. This device may c onta in com moditi es, tech nol ogy or softw are s ubject to export laws and regu la tions fro m the U S and ot her co untries . Div ersio n con trary to la w is p rohibit ed. 9243 654 /I ssu e 1
4 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Contents For your safety ..................................................... ................................................ 9 General information ............................................. ............................................. 13 Overvie w of functions ....................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 13 Acce ss codes ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 14 Confi guration s ettings s ervice ........................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 15 Dow nload co ntent a nd appl ications .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 16 Nokia sup port and contact information ...... ................. ................................ ................................ ... .. 16 1. Get started .......................... .............................. ............................................. 17 Instal l the SIM card and battery .................... ................................. ................ .......................... ........... 17 Charge the battery ............................. ................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 19 Switc h the phone on and off .......................... ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 20 Antenna . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ...................... .......... ................ ..... 21 Wris t strap ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ....................... ......... ................ ..... 21 2. Your phone.......................... ............................................................ ............... 22 Keys and parts ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 22 Stand by mode ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 23 Keyp ad lock (keyguard) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 26 3. Call funct ions ..................... ............................................................ ............... 27 Make a call ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 27 Answe r or rej ect a call ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... ..... 28 Opti ons during a call ......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 28
5 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 4. Write text .......................................................... .............................. ............... 30 Settings ................................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ................ ..... 30 Predi ctive text input .......................... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..................... 31 Traditi onal te xt input ........ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 32 5. Navigate the menus ....................................................................... ............... 33 6. Messages ........................................................... ............................................. 34 Text m essages (SMS) ......... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 34 Mult imedia me ssages (M MS).......... ................................. ................ ................................ ........... .......... 37 Memo ry full .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 40 Folde rs.................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 40 Flash mes sages .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 41 Nokia Xpre ss audio messagi ng ....... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 42 Instant mes saging (I M) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ... ............. ..... 43 E-ma il application .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 49 Voic e messages ................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 52 Info m essages ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 52 Service command s.............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..................... 53 Delete messag es.................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 53 Me ssage settings ................................ ................................. ................ .............................. .. ............... ...... 53 Me ssage counter. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ..................... 56 7. Contacts ............................................................ ............................................. 57 Search for a conta ct .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 57 Save name s and phone numb ers ................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 57 Save num bers, items, or an image . ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 57 Copy contacts ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..... ..................... 58 Edit co ntact d etails ............ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .................. ..... 59 Delete contacts or contact detai ls ................ ................................. ................ ............................ ......... 59
6 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Busi ness cards ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 60 My p resence ......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 60 Subs cribed n ames ............... ................................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 61 Settings . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 63 Group s.................... ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ............ ................ ..... 63 Voic e dialing ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ......................... ....................... ..... 64 Spee d dials............................ ................................ ................. ................................ ....... ......... ..................... 65 Info, s ervice, a nd m y numbe rs ........................ ................. ................................ ......................... ............ 66 8. Call register ......................... ............................................................ ............... 67 Rece nt calls lists . ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 67 Count ers and timers .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 67 9. Se ttings ............................................................ .............................. ............... 68 Profil es ... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 68 Themes ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........... ................ ..... 68 Tones ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................... ............................. ..... 69 My s hortcuts ........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 69 Displa y ... ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ .... ............ ..................... 70 Time a nd da te ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 71 Call .......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ..... 71 Phon e ..................... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ..................... 72 Conne ctivity ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... ..... 74 Enhanc ements ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ... ................ ..... 76 Confi guration....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......................... ...................... ..... 77 Secu rity.................. ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ................................. 78 Resto re factory settings.... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 79 10. O perator menu ................. ............................................................ ............... 80 11. G allery ............................................................ ............................................. 81
7 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 12. Media .. ............................................................ ............................................. 82 Came ra................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 82 Radio ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ... ............................. ..... 83 Record er ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 85 13. O rganiser .......................... .............................. ............................................. 86 Alarm clo ck........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 86 Calen dar ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 87 To-do list ............................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 88 Not es ...... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................... ............. ................ ..... 88 Synchron izati on .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 89 Calc ulator ............. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ..................... 91 Stopw atch............. ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ................ ..... 92 Count down timer................ ................ ................................. ................................ ............... . ............... ...... 93 14. A pplications ..................... .............................. ............................................. 94 Games .................... ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 94 Collec tion .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ...................... .......................... ..... 95 15. Pus h to talk .................................................... .............................. ............... 97 Push to talk menu .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 98 Conne ct to and disc onnect PTT ...................... ................. ................................ ........................... ..... ..... 98 Make and rec eive a P TT cal l ............................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ..... 99 Callb ack requests ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............. .................. ... 101 Add a one -to-one contact ............................... ................. ................................ ....................... ........... 103 Crea te and set up groups . ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ .. 103 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ .. 106 16. W eb ................................... .............................. ........................................... 108 Set up bro wsing .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 108 Conne ct to a service .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 108
8 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Brows e pages ....................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 109 Appe arance s ettings .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... .. 111 Cook ies .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............................. 112 Script s over secure connectio n....................... ................................. ................ ......................... ....... .. 112 Book marks ............ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... .. 112 Downl oad file s..... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ .. 113 Service inbox........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... .. 114 Cache memory ..... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... .................. 115 Brows er security . ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ .. 115 Positi oning inform ation .................... ................................. ................................ ................ ... ............... 118 17. SIM services ................................................... ........................................... 120 18. PC connectivity .............................................. .............................. ............. 121 Nokia PC Suite..... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ................................ .. 121 Packet data, HS CSD, and CS D ......................... ................................. ................ .......................... ...... .. 121 Data c omm unication applicat ions. ................................. ................ ................................ .............. .... 122 19. Bat tery information ....................................... ........................................... 123 Chargi ng and disch arging ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ...... .......... .. 123 Nokia battery authent ication g uidelines ..... ................................. ................ ................................ .. 124 Care and maintenance ........... ............................................................ ............. 127 Additional safety information ............................. ........................................... 129 Index ........................................ .............................. ........................................... 134
9 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . For you r sa fe ty Read thes e simple guid elines . Not follo wing them ma y be dangerous or illeg al. Read th e complete use r guide for further informat ion. SWI TCH ON S AFEL Y Do no t sw itch the phon e on w hen w irel ess phon e use is p rohibit ed o r when it may cause inte rferen ce or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRS T Obey all l ocal laws . Always keep your hands fr ee to opera te the vehi cle while driving . Your first conside ration whil e driving should be roa d safety. INTER FEREN CE All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HO SPITA LS Follow any restr ictions. Sw itch the phone off nea r medi cal equi pment . SWITCH OFF IN AIRC RAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWITC H OFF WH EN REFU ELING Do not us e the phone at a refuelin g point. Do not use ne ar fuel o r chemica ls. SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTING Follow a ny restrictio ns. Do not use the phon e where blast ing is in pro gress.
10 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . USE SEN SIB LY Use only in the no rmal posi tion a s expl ained in t he pro duct do cume ntati on. Do not touc h the a ntenna unne cessaril y. QUALIF IED SE RVICE Only qual ified pers onnel may in stall or rep air this prod uct. ENHA NCEM ENTS AN D BA TTERIE S Use onl y appro ved enha ncement s and b atteries. Do not conne ct incom patible products. WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resista nt. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop ies or keep a writt en record of a ll impor tant information stored i n your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any other device, rea d its user guid e for detailed safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompatib le products . EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re t he p hone is switc hed on a nd in ser vice. Pr ess the end k ey as ma ny t imes as need ed to cle ar the dis play and return to the start s creen. Ente r the emerge ncy number, then press t he call key. Give your location. Do n ot end the call unt il given permis sion to do so.
11 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Abou t you r dev ice Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 an d GSM 1800 and 1900 networks. C ontact y our service pro vider for mo re informati on about ne two rk s . Wh en usi ng t he fe ature s in this de vic e, obe y all l aws an d resp ect th e p rivac y an d legi tima te righ ts of o th ers . Warn ing : To use a ny featur es in this device, o ther than th e alarm cl ock, the d evice must be swi tched on. Do not switc h the devi ce on when wirel ess device us e may cause inter fer ence or da nger. â Networ k servic es To use the phone yo u must have service fr om a wireles s service provider. Many of the feat ures in this device d epend on features in the wi reless network to funct ion. The se network services may not be available on all networks or you ma y have to make spe cific arrangements with your service pr ovider befo re you can ut ilize netwo rk services . Your se rvice prov ider may n eed to giv e you ad dition al i nstruc tions for their use an d expl ain w hat charges will apply. Some networks may have limita tions that aff ect how you can use netw ork servic es. For in stance, some netwo rks ma y not supp ort a ll langua ge-dep endent characters and services. Your ser vice pr ovid er m ay h ave re queste d th at ce rtain f eatur es be dis abled or no t act ivate d in your device. I f so, they will not a ppear on your device me nu. Your device may also have been specially co nfigure d for your network provi der. This config uration ma y include changes in menu names, men u order, and icons. Co ntact you r service pro vider fo r more informa tion . This devi ce sup ports WA P 2.0 pro toc ols (H TTP and SS L) tha t run o n TCP /IP prot oc ols. S ome feature s of this device , such as text mes sages, mu ltimedia me ssages , audio messa ges, instant mes saging se rvice, e-ma il, p resence en hanced conta cts, mob ile Inter net service s,
12 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . cont ent and a pplicati on dow nload, a nd sync hronizati on with a remote I nternet s erver, require network support for these technologies. â Sha red memo ry The phone has tw o memories. T he follo wing feature s may share the first memory: contacts , text messag es, mul timedia mes sages (bu t no attachme nts), audio mess ages, i nstant mess agin g, gro ups , v oic e comm an ds, cal en dar , and t o- do n ote s. Th e se con d sh are d mem ory is used by file s store d in Gallery , attachments of multimed ia messages , e-mai l, and Java TM applicat ions. Use of o ne or more o f these fe atures may red uce the memor y avail able for the re ma in ing fe a tur es sha rin g mem or y. For exa m pl e, savi ng ma ny Jav a a pp lic at io ns m ay use al l of the avail able memory. Your device may displa y a message tha t the memory is full when you try to use a sh ared memory f eature. In this case, dele te some of the infor mation or entries st ored in th e shared memory featu res be fore contin uing. So me of the fea tures, such as text mess ages, may have a ce rtain amount of me mory spec ially allo tted to the m in addition to th e memory shared with other feature s. â Enh anc em en ts A f ew p ra cti ca l r u les ab ou t a c ces so rie s and e nh an ce men ts : ⢠Kee p al l acce ssor ies a nd enh ance ment s out of the rea ch of sma ll chil dren. ⢠When you disconne ct the power cord of any acces sory or enhancemen t, grasp and pull the plug, not the co rd. ⢠Che ck r egu larl y th at enh ance men ts in st all ed in a veh icl e ar e mount ed a nd are op era ting pro pe rly . ⢠Ins tallatio n of an y compl ex car enha ncement s must be made by qualifi ed person nel on ly.
13 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Gene ral information â Ov ervie w o f fun cti ons Your phone pr ovides many functions that are practical fo r daily use, such as a calendar, a clock, an alarm cloc k, a r adio, and a built-in camera. Your phone also supports the f ollowing functions: ⢠Enhanced da ta rates for GSM evolution (ED GE). See Packet da ta (EGPRS) p. 75 . ⢠Extensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML). See We b p. 108 . ⢠Audio messaging. See Nokia Xpres s audio messaging p. 42 . ⢠Instant messaging. See Instant messaging (IM) p. 43 . ⢠E-mail a pplication. See E-mail application p. 49 . ⢠Push to t alk. See Push to talk p. 97 . ⢠Presence- enhanced contacts. See My presence p. 60 . ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ). See Applications p. 94 . â Acc ess c odes Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use. The preset code is 12345. To change the code, and t o set th e phone t o request the code, see Secur ity p. 78 .
14 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the unive rsal personal identification numbe r (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized us e. See Security p. 78 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be supplied with the SIM card and is required for some functions . The module PIN is required to access the information in t he security module. See Security module p. 116 . The s igning PIN is required for the digit al signature. See Digital signat ure p. 118 . PUK c ode s The pers onal unblocking ke y (PUK) code and the univ ersal personal unbloc king key (UPUK) code (8 digits) are r equired to change a blocked PIN code and U PIN code, respecti vely. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN2 code. If the codes are not supplied wi th the SIM card, contac t your local service provider for the codes . Ba rring pas sword The barring password (4 digits) is required when using the Call barring ser vice . See Security p. 78 .
15 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Con figu ratio n set tings serv ice To use some of the network services, such as mobile Internet services, MMS, Nokia Xpress audio mes saging, or remot e Internet server s ynchronization, your phone needs the correct conf iguration settings. You may be able to receiv e the settings directly as a configuration message . After receiving the settings you need to save them on your phone. The service provider may provide a PIN that is needed to save the settings. For mor e information on ava ilability, c ontact your networ k operator, service provider, ne arest authorized N okia dealer , or visit t he support area on the Nokia Web site, <www.nokia .com/support>. When you have receiv ed a conf iguration message Configuration sett. received is displaye d. To save the se tt ings, selec t Show > Save . If the phone requests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for t he settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code , contact the service provider that supplies the settings. If no set tings are saved yet, these s ettings are s aved and s et as default configuration setti ngs. Otherwise, the phone as ks A ctivate save d configuration settings? . To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Show > Dis card . To edit t he settings , see Configuration p. 77 . â Download c onte nt and applicat ions You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (network service). Select the download function ( for example, in the Gallery menu). To acce ss the download function, see t he respective menu descriptions. For
16 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the availability of different services , pricing, and t ariffs, c ontact your se rvice provider. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. â Nokia sup port an d cont act info rmation Check w ww.nokia.com/support or your local N okia Web site for th e latest ver sion of this guide, additional information, downloads, and s ervices related to your Nokia product. On the W eb site, y ou can get information on the use of Nokia pr oducts and service s. If you nee d to cont act customer service, c heck the list of local N okia contact cent ers at www.nokia.com/cus tomerservice. For maint enance servic es, check your nea rest Nokia s ervice cent er at www.nok ia.com/repair.
17 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. Get sta r ted â Instal l th e SI M card and batt ery Always switch the device off and disconnect the ch arger before removing the batte ry. Kee p al l SIM c ards out o f the reach o f sm all ch ildre n. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. This device is inte nded for use with the BL- 5B battery. The SIM c ard and its cont acts can easily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be caref ul when handling, inserting, or removi ng the card. To remove the back cover of the phone, press the release button (1), and lift the back cover (2). Ensure, t hat the golden cont act area on the SIM card is facing downwards, and insert the SIM card into the SIM card holder until it snaps into position (3).
18 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Insert the battery (4). Observe the battery contacts. Always use original Nokia batteries. See Noki a battery aut hentication guideline s p. 124 . Align the top of the back cover with the top of the phone (5), a nd press the bottom of the back cover t o lock it (6). To remove the batte ry, lift the lower end of the battery out of the compartment (7). To remove the SIM card, press the SIM card release (8), and s lide the SIM car d towards the top of the phone (9).
19 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Char ge t he battery Warn ing : Use on ly batteri es, cha rgers, an d enhanc ements ap proved by No kia for use with this particula r model. The use of any other types may invalid ate any appro val or wa rranty, and may b e da ngerous . Check the model number of a ny charger before use wit h this device. This device is inten ded for use when supplied with power from an AC-3, AC-4, and DC-4 charger, and from a n AC-1, ACP-7 , ACP-12, and LCH-12 charger whe n used w ith the CA-44 cha rger adapt er. For availabili ty of approved enhance ments , please check with your dealer. Wh en you disc onnect the p ower cor d of an y en hanc ement , gras p an d pul l the plug, not the cord. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Connect the lead from the charger to the socket on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a few minut es before the charging indicator a ppears on the display or bef ore any calls can be made. The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery used. F or example , charging a BL -5B battery with th e AC-3 charger takes about 1 hour and 10 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode.
20 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Swi tc h t he ph one on an d off Warn ing : Do not swi tch th e phone on when wirel ess phone use is prohibite d or when it ma y cause interf erence or d anger. To switch the phone on, press and hold the power key. If the phone asks f or a PIN or a UPIN code, enter the code (displayed as ****), and select OK . To s witch the phone off, press and hold the power k ey. Plug an d pla y serv ic e When you switch on your phone for the first time, a nd the phone is in the standby mode, you are asked to get t he configuration settings from your service provider (network service). Confirm or decline the quer y. See " Connect t o service provider support ," p. 78 and Configuration settings service p. 15 .
21 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Anten na Your d evice has a n interna l antenna. Note : As with any other radio transmitting devic e, do not touc h the an tenna unnece ssarily when the devi ce is switch ed on. Cont act with the anten na affects call quality and may cause the de vic e to op erat e at a highe r pow er le vel than ot herwis e needed . Avoidi ng cont act with the ante nna area when oper atin g the dev ice optimizes the antenna p erformance and the battery life . â Wris t s trap To att ach the w rist strap at t he upper right edge of the phone, thre ad the strap through the eyelet as shown in the picture, and tighten it .
22 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. Y our phone â Keys and pa rts â¢P o w e r k e y ( 1 ) ⢠Earp ie ce (2) ⢠Louds pea ker (3 ) â¢D i s p l a y ( 4 ) ⢠V olume up an d Pus h to talk (PT T) key (5) ⢠Vol ume dow n and voice c omm and ke y (6) ⢠Infrared (IR) port (7) ⢠Middle s election key (8) ⢠4-way navigation key (9) ⢠Left selecti on key (1 0) ⢠Right sel ection key (11) ⢠Call key (12) ⢠End k ey (13) ⢠Ke ypa d , ma y var y b y r egi on ( 14) ⢠Charger connec tor (15) â¢M i c r o p h o n e ( 1 6 ) ⢠Pop -Port TM conne ctor (17) ⢠Came ra lens (18)
23 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Sta ndb y mod e When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not e ntered any c haracters, the phone is in the standby mode. 1 Name of the networ k or oper ator logo 2 Signal s trength of the cellular network 3 B attery charge level 4 Lef t select ion key ( Go to ) 5 Middle s election key ( Menu ) 6 Right selection key ( Name s ) The right selection ke y may be a nother shor tcut to a function th at you sele cted. See My shortcuts p. 69 . Operat or variants may have an operator-specif ic name to ac cess an operator- specific We b s ite. Person al s ho rtcut list The left selection k ey is Go to . To view t he functions in the personal s hortcut list, sel ect Go to . To activate a f unction, select it. To view a lis t with available functions, sele ct Go to > Opt ions > Selec t options . To add a function to the shortcut l ist, select Mar k . To remove a function f rom the li st, sel ect Unmark . To rearr ange the functions on your pe rsonal shortcut list, se lect Go to > Options > O rganise . Select the desi red function, Move , and th e place where you want to move the f unction.
24 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Short cuts in st andb y mo de ⢠To ac cess the list of dialed numbers, press the call key onc e. Scroll to a number or name; t o call t he number, press the call k ey. ⢠To open the Web browse r, press and hold 0 . ⢠To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . ⢠Use t he navigation key as a s hortcut. Se e My short cuts p. 69 . Power s aving A digital clock v iew overw rites the display when no function of the phone has been used for a cer tain period of time. To activa te the power saver , see Pow e r sa v e r in Display p. 70 . T o deact ivate th e screen s aver, press an y key.
25 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Indicators You received one or se veral text or picture messages. See Read and repl y to a SMS message p. 35 . You received one or several multimedia messages . See Read and r eply t o a MMS message p. 39 . For e-mail and voice messages differ ent icons may appear. The phone registered a missed call. See Call r egister p. 67 . The keypad is locked. See Keypad lock (keyguard) p. 26 . The phone does not ring fo r an inco ming call or text m essage when Incoming call alert and Message alert tone are s et to Off . See Tones p. 69 . The alarm cloc k is s et to On . See Alarm clock p. 86 . he packet data connect ion mode Always online is selected, and the packet data service is available. See Packet data (EGPRS) p. 75 . A packet dat a connection is established. See Packet data (EGPRS) p. 75 and Browse pages p. 109 . The pack et data c onnection is s uspended (on hold), for ex ample, if there is an incoming or out going call during a pa cket data dial-up connect ion. When the infr ared connection is activated, the indic ator is shown continuously. Push to talk connection is active or suspended. See Pus h to ta lk p. 97 .
26 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Key pad lock (key guard) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 seconds to lock the keypad. To unlock t he keypad, select U nlock , and press * within 1.5 seconds. If the Security key gu ard is s et On , enter the security code if requested. To ans wer a call w hen the ke yguard is on, press the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the key pad automatically locks. For Automatic keyguard and Secu rity keyg uard . See Phone p. 72 . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos sible to the o fficial eme rgency number programmed in to your device.
27 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Call funct ion s â Mak e a cal l 1. Enter the phone number, inc luding the area code. For international calls, press * twice for the int ernational prefix (the charact er replaces t he internati onal access code ) and then e nter the c ountry code, the area code without the leading 0, if necessary, and the phone number. 2. To ca ll the number , press the call key. 3. To end the call or t o cancel the call attempt, press the end key. To mak e a call using names , search for a name or phone number in Contacts , see Search f or a contac t p. 57 . Pres s the call k ey to c all the number. To access the list of up to 20 dialed numbers, press the call key on ce in the s tandby mode. T o call the number, select a number or name, and pr ess the call key. Speed dialing Assign a phone numbe r to one of the speed- dialing keys, 2 to 9 . Se e Speed dials p. 65 . Call the number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press a speed-dial ing key, and then press the call key. â¢I f Speed dialling is se t to On , press and hold a speed-dialing key unt il the c all begins. See Speed dialling in Call p. 71 .
28 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Answe r or re ject a c all To ans wer an incoming c all, press th e call k ey. To end the call, press the end key. To rejec t an incoming call, press the end key. To mute t he ringing tone select Silence . Tip: If the Diver t if busy f unction is act ivated to div ert the calls (for example, t o your voice mailbox) rejec tin g an incoming call also diverts the call. See Call p. 71 . If a compatible headset supplied with the headset key is connected to the phone, to a nswer and end a call, press the heads et ke y. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during a n active call, pre ss the call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the active c all, press the end k ey. To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting funct ion, see Call p. 71 . â Options d urin g a call War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ear when th e loudspea ker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremely lou d. Many of t he options that y ou can use during a cal l are network services. For availability, contact your network operator or s ervice provider . During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options:
29 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Call options are Mute or Unmu te , Contacts , Menu , Auto volume on or A uto volume off , Recor d , L ock k eyp ad , Audio enhanc ing , L oudspeaker , or Ha n dset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reject , Hold or Unhold , New call , Add to con f eren ce , E nd call , End all calls , and t he following: Send DTMF â t o send tone s trings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct yourself Conference â to make a conference call that allows up to five persons to take part in a c onference cal l Private call â to dis cuss privately in a conference call
30 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 4. Writ e tex t You can e nter text (for example, w hen writing mes sages) using traditional or predictiv e text input. Wh en using traditional text input, pr ess a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until t he desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can enter a letter with a single k eypress. When you are writing t ext, predi ctive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the t ext input indic ator, indicat ing the charac ter case. To cha nge the charac ter case and the text input mode, pr ess # . indicat es number mode. To change fr om the letter to number mode, press and hold # , an d select Numbe r mode . To insert a special cha racter, press and hold * . â Sett i ngs To set the writing language, select Options > Writing language . Pr edictive tex t input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Dict ionary on to s et the predicti ve text input or Dictionary off to set traditional text input.
31 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Pred ict ive te xt in put Predictive t ext input is based on a built -in dictionary to which you can add new wor ds. 1. Start writing a word using the 2 to 9 keys. Press each key only onc e for a single letter. T he word c hanges af ter each k eypress. 2. When y ou have finished writ ing the word and it is correct, to co nfirm it, press 0 to a dd a space, or press any of the nav igation keys . Press a navigation key to move th e cursor. If the word is no t c orrect, pre ss * r epeatedly, or select O ptions > M atches . When the word that you want appears, confirm it. If ? is displayed a fter the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictiona ry. To add the word to t he dictionary, selec t Spell . Enter the word (traditional t ext input is used), and select Save . To enter a full st op, press 1 . 3. Start writing the next word. Wri te co mpou nd wo rd s Enter the first pa rt of the word, and press the navigation k ey right t o confirm it. Write the last part of t he word, and confirm the word.
32 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all charact ers available under a number k ey are printed on the ke y. T he characters available depend on the writing language. See Settings p. 30 . If the next letter you want is located on t he same k ey as the present one, wait until the cursor appea rs, or press any of the na vigation key s and enter the letter. The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key.
33 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 5. N avigate the me nus The phone offers you an extensive r ange of f unctions, which are grouped into menus. 1. To ac cess the menu, se lect Men u . To change the menu v iew, select Options > Main menu view > List or Gr id . 2. Scroll t hrough the menu, and select a s ubmenu (for example , S etting s ). 3. If the menu contains submenus, select the one that you want (for example, Call ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, select the one that you want (for ex ample, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice . 6. To return to the previous menu level, select Back . To exit the menu, select Exit .
34 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 6. Messages The mes sage services can only be used if they are supported by your network or your ser vice provider. Not e: When sendi ng messages, yo ur phone may di splay Mess age sen t . This is an indica tion that the mes sage has been sent by you r device to the messag e centre number pro grammed in to your device. T his is no t an indicati on that the messag e has been receiv ed at the intend ed destin ation . For more de tails abou t messaging services, check w ith your service provider. Important : Ex ercise caution w hen opening messa ges. Messa ges may contain mal iciou s soft ware or oth erwise be ha rmful to yo ur devi ce or PC. Only devices tha t have compatib le features can receive and display messag es. The app eara nce of a me ssage may vary depe nding on th e rece iving devi ce. â Te xt message s (S MS) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart messages made of seve ral ordinary t ext messages (net work service ) that can contain pictures. Before y ou can send any text, picture, or e-ma il message, you must save y our message c enter number. See Message settings p. 53 . To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, cont act your service provider.
35 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Your device s upports th e sending of te xt message s beyond the ch aracter li mit for a single message. Longer messag es wil l be sent as a ser ies of tw o or more messages . Your se rvice provider may charge accordingly. Charact ers that use accen ts or other marks, a nd characters from some lang uage optio ns like Ch inese, take up more space l imiti ng the numbe r of chara cters that ca n be sent in a sing le message. Wri te and send a SMS message 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter a message. See Write text p. 30 . At the t op of the display, you can see the message le ngth indicat or that tracks the numbe r of characters ava ilable. For example, 10/2 means that you c an still add 10 c haracters for t he text t o be sent as t wo message. To ins ert text templates or a picture into the message, see Templates p. 36 . Each pic ture message compris es severa l text messages . Sending one pictu re or multipart mes sage may c ost more than s ending one text message. 3. To send the m ess ag e, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To many , or To e-mail address . T o send a me ssage using a prede fined message profile, sel ect Via sending profile . For t he message profile, s ee Text and SMS e-mail p. 53 . Select or enter a phone number or e-mail address, or s elect a profile. Rea d and r eply to a SM S m ess age is shown w hen you received an SMS me ssage or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the me ssage memory is full. Bef ore you can r eceive new messages, delete some of your old mes sages in the Inbox folder.
36 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. To vie w a new mes sage, s elect Show . To view it later, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . If more than one message is received, s elect the message that you want to read. indicat es an unread mes sage. 2. While reading a message, s elect Options and delete or forward the mes sage; edit the message as a text mes sage or an SMS e -mail; rename the message you are r eading or move it to another f older; or vie w or extract message det ails. You can a lso copy text from the beginning of the mes sage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To sav e the picture in the Te mplates folder when reading a picture me ssage, selec t Save picture . 3. To r eply as a mes sage, s elect Reply > Text mes sage , M ultimedia msg. , Flas h message , or Audio me ssage . Enter the reply message. When replying to an e-mail, first confirm or edit the e- mail address a nd subject. 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK . Tem pl ate s Your phone has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in text, picture, or SMS e- mail message s. To ac cess the t emplate l ist, select Me nu > Mes sages > Sav ed items > Text messages > Templates .
37 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Mul tim edia messa ges (MMS ) A multimedia message can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business c ard, or a video clip. If t he message is too large, the phone may not be able t o receive it . Some net works allow text messages that include an Internet address where you can view the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a call, a game, another Ja va applicat ion, or an act ive browsing s ession over G SM data. Becaus e delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions. Wri te and send a MMS message To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see M ultimedia p. 54 . T o check availability and to subscr ibe to the multimedia mes saging service, contact your service provider. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create message > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See Write text p. 30 . To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Ins ert and from the following options: Image , Sound c lip , or Video clip â to ins ert a file from G allery New imag e â to take a new image t o be added to the message New sound cl ip â to make a new reco rding to be added to t he message
38 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business card or a calendar note in the me ssa ge Slide â t o insert a slide to the message. Your phone supports multimedia messages that contain several pages (slides). Each slide can contain text, one image, a calendar note, a business c ard, and one sound clip. To open a desir ed slide if the message contains several slides, select Options > Pr evious slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . To s et the interv al between t he slides, sele ct Options > Slide t iming . T o move the text component to the top or bot tom of the message, sel ect Options > Place text first or Plac e text last . The following opt ions may also be availa ble: Dele te to delete an image, slide, o r sound c lip from the mes sage, Clear text , Preview , or Save message . In Mor e options the following op tions may be av ailable: Insert contact , Insert number , Message details , and Edit subject . 3. To send the m ess ag e, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, or enter the recip ientâÂÂs phone number or e- mail address, or search for it in Contacts . Select OK . The me ssage is moved to the Outbox folder for sending. While the multimedia message is being sent, the animated indicator is displaye d and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending f ails, the phone tries to res end it a fe w times. If t his fails, the mes sage remains in the Outbox f older, and you c an try to resend it later .
39 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . If you select Save sent messages > Ye s , the s ent message is saved in t he Sent items folder. Se e Multimedia p. 54 . When the mes sage is sent, it is not an indicat ion that the mess age has been r eceived at t he intended destination. Rea d an d r eply to a MM S mes sage Important: Exercise cautio n when open ing mes sages. Mult imedia message objects may contain malici ous sof tware or otherwis e be harmfu l to your device o r PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displayed. When the message has been receiv ed, and t he text Multimedia message receive d are shown. 1. To read the message, select Show . To view it lat er, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . In t he list of messages, indicates a n unread message . Select the message that you want to view . 2. The f unction of the middle select ion key cha nges according t o the c urrently displaye d attachment in t he messag e. To vie w the whole message if the received mes sage contains a presenta tion, a sound c lip, or a video clip, selec t Pla y . Select Options to access Attachments (for example a business card), and Objects (for example images).
40 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , M ultimedia msg. , Flash mes sage , or Audio message . Enter t he reply mes sage, and select Send . Select Options to access available options. â Memo r y f ull When y ou have receive d a new te xt message and the message me mory is full, blinks and T e xt msgs. memor y full. Delete ms gs. is shown. Select No , and delete some me ssages from a folder. To disc ard the wait ing message, s elect Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting and the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memory full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting mess age, select Show . Before you can save the waiting messa ge, delete old messages to free memory space. To save the message, sel ect Save . To dis card the wa iting message, select Exit > Ye s . If you select No , you can view the message. â Folders The phone saves received text and multimedia messages in the Inbox folder. Multimedia messages that hav e not yet be en sent are moved to the Outbox folder. If you have se lected Message settings > T ext message s > Save sent messages > Yes , and Message settings > Multimedia ms gs. > Save sent messages > Yes , the sent mes sages are saved in the Sent items f older.
41 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To s ave the tex t message that you are wr iting and wish t o send la ter in the Saved items folder, s elect Options > Save message > Saved text msgs. . For multimedia messages, select t he option Save message . indicates unsent messages. To organize your text messages, you can move some of the m to My folders or add new folder s for your me ssages. Select Messages > Saved items > Text messages > My folders . To add a folder, s elect Options > A dd folder . If you ha ve not s aved any folder s, sel ect Add . To dele te or rename a folder, sc roll to the des ired folder, and select Options > Delete folder or Rename f older . â Flash me ssage s Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a flas h message Select Me nu > Messages > C reate me ssage > Flash message . Write your message. The max imum length of a flash messag e is 70 cha racters. To insert a blinking text into the mess age, select Insert blink char . from the options list to set a marker. The text a fter the marke r blinks until a second ma rker is inserted. Receive a flas h message A received flash mess age is not aut omatically saved. To r ead the messa ge, select Read . To extract phone number s, e-mail addr esses, and Web site addresses from
42 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the c urrent message , select Options > Use det ail . To save th e m essa ge, sele ct Save and t he folder in w hich you want to save t he message. â Nokia Xpress au dio mess aging With t his menu, use t he multimedia message service to creat e and send a voice message in a convenient way. Multimedia mes saging service mus t be activa ted before this service can be used. Cr eate and se nd an audi o messa ge 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create mess age > Audio message . The recor der opens. To use the r ecorder, see Reco rder p. 85 . 2. When the message is ready t o send, s elect Options > Play to chec k the message bef ore sending, Replace s ound clip to repeat t he recording, Save message , Save sound clip to save t he recording in Galler y , Edit subje ct to in se rt a subject to the message, Mes sage details to view the message details, or Loudspeaker or Handset . 3. To send the m ess ag e, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . Depending on your ope rator, more options may be available. 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, enter t he recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-ma il address, or search for it in Contac ts . Select OK , and the message is mov ed to the Outbox folder f or sending.
43 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Receive an audio messag e When your phone is rece iving an audio mes sage, 1 audio message receive d is shown. Select Show to open th e message or select Show > Play if there is more than o ne message received. Sele ct Options to see the available options. To liste n to the mes sage later, sele ct Exit . To sav e the m ess age , sel ect Options > Save s ound clip and the folder in which you wan t t o sa ve the me ssa ge. â Ins tant me ssagi ng (IM) Instant messaging (network ser vice) is a way to se nd short, simple text messages to online use rs. Before you c an use instant messaging, you must subscribe to t he service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your net work operator or service provider, from whom you also r eceive y our unique ID, passwor d, and settings. To set the required settings for the instant messaging service, see Connec t. settings in Ac ce ss t he IM me nu p. 44 . Th e icons and texts on the dis play may v ary, depending on the instant mes saging service. Dependi ng on the network, the active instant messaging conversation may consume the phone batter y faster, and you may nee d to connec t the phone t o a cha rge r .
44 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Access the IM m enu To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messages > Instant messages . If more than one set of connection settings for the ins tant messaging service is availabl e, select t he desired one . If there is only one s et defined, it is selected automatic ally. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â to vie w, erase or, rename the ins tant messaging conve rsations that you have save d during the ins tant messaging se ssion Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence connection Conne ct to the IM se rvi ce To conne ct to the instant messaging service, open the Ins tant messages menu, activat e an inst ant messaging ser vice, and select Login . When the p hone has succe ssfully connected, Logged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout . Start a n IM sess ion Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the s ervice. St art the servic e in different ways. â¢S e l e c t Convers ations to view the list of new an d read instant me ssages or invitations for instant messaging during t he active instant messaging session.
45 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Scroll to the mes sage or invitat ion that you wa nt, and s elect Ope n to rea d the message. indicates the new and read group messages. indicates the new and the read instant messag es. indicates the invitations. The icons and texts on t he display may vary, depending on the instant messaging s ervice. â¢S e l e c t IM contacts to view the contacts that you have added. Scroll to the contact with whom you would like to c hat, and selec t Chat or Op en if a new contact is shown in th e list. To add contacts, see Cont acts for IM p. 47 . indicates the online and the of fline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocked contact. indicate s a contact t hat has been s ent a new mes sage. â¢S e l e c t Groups > Public groups to display t he list of bookma rks to public groups provi ded by the network operator or service pr ovider. To start an ins tant messaging s ession with a group, scroll to a gr oup, and s elect Joi n . Enter your screen name t hat you want to use in th e conversation. When y ou have succe ssfully joined the group conv ersation, you can start a gr oup conversation. To creat e a pr ivate group, see Groups p. 48 . â¢S e l e c t Search > Users or Groups to search for other instant messaging user s or public gr oups on the networ k by phone number, screen name, e-mail address, or name. If you se lect Groups, you can search for a gr oup by a membe r in the group or by group name, topic, or ID .
46 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To start th e conversation when you ha ve found the user or the group th at you want, se lect O ptions > Chat or Join group . To s tart a conver sation from Contacts , s ee View the subscribed names p. 62 . Accept or reject an invitation In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service and you receive a new invitation, New invitat ion received is displayed. To r ead it, sel ect Re ad . If more than one invitation is received , scroll to t he invitation y ou want, and s elect Open . To join the private group conv ersation, select Acce pt , and enter the screen name; or to rejec t or delete t he invitation, select Options > Reject or Dele te . Read a re ce ive d in st an t me ss age In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service, and you receive a new message that is not a mess age associate d with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displayed. To read it, select Read . If you receive more than one me ssage, s croll to the me ssage, and select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Convers ations . If y ou receive a message from s omeone who is not in IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new cont act that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save conta ct .
47 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging se ssion, select Writ e . Write your message , and se lect Send or pr ess the call key to send it . Select O ptions t o access available options: View conv ersation , Save contact , Group members , Block contact , an d End conversation . Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the ins tant messaging servi ce. 2. To vie w and edit your own availabilit y information or screen name, select My settings . 3. To allow all the other instant mess aging users to s ee you when you are online, sel ect A v ailability > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact list to s ee you when you are online, select A vailability > Avail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A vailability > A ppear offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant mess aging service, indica tes that you are online, and indicates that you are not visible to others. Conta cts f or IM To add contacts to t he instant messaging contac ts list, connect t o the inst ant messaging s ervice, and s elect IM contacts . To add a contact t o the list, select
48 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Options > A dd contact , or if yo u have no cont acts added, select Add . Select Enter ID manually , Sear ch from serv . , C opy from ser ver , or By mobile number . Scroll t o a contact, and to start a convers ation, select Chat or O ptions > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , Add contact , R emove contact , Change list , Copy to server , or A vailability alerts . Block an d unblo ck me ssag es To block messages, connect to t he instant me ssaging service, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or jo in or start a c onversation. Scroll to t he contact from whom you want t o block incoming messages, and select Options > Bloc k contact > OK . To unblock the message s, connect t o the insta nt messaging s ervice, and s elect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contac t from whom you want to unblock the mes sages, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own pri vate groups for an instant mes saging conversation, or use the public groups provided by t he service provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on t he server of the service provider. If t he server you are logged on to does not support group service s, all group-related me nus are dimmed.
49 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Public groups You can boo kmark public groups that your service provider may maintain. Connect to the instant messaging s ervice, and select Public groups . Scroll to a group with which you want to c hat, and select Join . If you ar e not in the group, enter y our screen name as your nickname for the gr oup. To delete a group from your group list, se lect Option s > Delete group . To s earch for a group, select G roups > Public groups > Search groups . You can search for a group by a member in the group, group name , topic, or ID. Priva te group s Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Groups > Create group . En ter the name for the gr oup and the screen name that you want t o use. Mark the private group members in t he contacts list, and writ e an invitation. â E-m ail app licat ion The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail acc ount from your phone whe n you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is different f rom the SMS and MMS e-mail funct ion. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you can send and retrieve any e-mail, you may need to do t he following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use the current one. For avail ability of your e-mail a ccount, contac t your e-mail servi ce provide r. ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service pr ovider. You may rece ive the e -mail confi guration settings as a configuration mes sage. See
50 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Configuration settings service p. 15 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See Configuration p. 77 . To a ctivate the e-mail settings, s elect Men u > Messages > Mess age se tt ings > E-mail messages . See E- mail p. 55 . This application does not s upport keypad tones. Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Create e-mail . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, a subject, and the e-mail message. To att ach a file to the e- mail, select Options > A ttach and t he file in Gallery . 3. Select Send > Send now . Dow nl oad e-m ail 1. To ac cess the e -mail applicat ion, select Menu > Messages > E- mail . 2. To downloa d e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e- mail account, sel ect Re tri eve . To downloa d new e-mail messages and t o send e-mail t hat has been saved in the Outbox folder , select Options > Retrieve and send . To downloa d first the headings of the new e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e -mail account, select Options > Chec k new e-mail . Then, to download th e selected e-mail, mark t he desired ones , and se lect Options > Retrieve .
51 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Select the new mes sage in Inbox . To v iew it la ter, select Ba ck . indicates an unread message. Rea d and re ply to e-mail Important: Exercis e caution when o pening mes sages. E-ma il mess ages may cont ain ma licious sof tware or o therwis e be ha rmful to yo ur dev ice or PC. Select Menu > Messages > E-mail > I nbox and the desired me ssage. While reading the mes sage, select Options to view the available options. To reply to an e- mail, select Reply > E mpty screen or Original text . To reply to many, s elect Options > R eply t o all . Confirm or edit the e-mail address and subject; t hen write y our reply. To send the me ssage, s elect Send > Send now . Inbo x and other folder s Your phone sa ves e-mail that you have downloaded from your e-mail acc ount in the Inbox folder . Other folders contains the f ollowing folders: Dr af ts for savi ng unfinished e- mail, Arc hive for orga nizing and saving your e- mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that has not been se nt, and Sent items for saving e-mail t hat has been s ent. To manage the folders and their e-mail content, s elect Options > Manage folder .
52 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Del ete e-mail mes sages Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Option s > Manage folder and the d esired folder. Mark the messages that you want to delete. To delete them, select Options > Delete . Deleting a n e-mail from your phone does not delete it f rom the e- mail server. To set t he phone to delete the e- mail also fr om the e-mail s erver, s elect Menu > Messages > E-mail > O ptions > Extra settings > Leave copy: > D elete retr . msgs . â V o ice messa ges The v oice mailbox is a network service and you may need to subscribe t o it. F or details, c ontact your s ervice provider. To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messages > Voice messages > Listen to voice me ssages . To enter, search for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select Voice mailbox number . If suppor ted by the network, indicat es that there ar e new voice messages. Select Lis ten to call your voice mailbox number . â Inf o mess age s Select Menu > Messa ges > Info mes sages . W ith the Inf o messages network service , you can rec eive mess ages on va rious topics from your service provider. To check availability, topics, and t he relevant topic numbers , contact y our service provider.
53 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Serv ice co mm ands Select Menu > Messa ges > Servic e commands . Wr ite and send s ervice requests (also k nown as USSD commands ) to your s ervice prov ider, such as act ivation commands for network services. â Dele te mess ages To dele te all message s from a fol der, select Me nu > M e ssag es > Delete messages and t he folder fr om which you wa nt to delet e the message s. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unread messages, the phone asks w hether you want t o delete them also. Select Yes aga in . â Messa ge se ttin gs Te xt and SMS e-mail The mes sage settings affect the sending, receiv ing, and viewing of messages . Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > T ext messages and from the following opt ions: Sending profile â If more than one mes sage profile s et is supported by your SIM card , select t he set you want to change. The following options may be a vailable: Message centr e number (delivered from your service provider), Messa ges s ent vi a , M essage validity , D efault recipient number (text messages) or E-mail server (e- mail), Delive ry reports , Use pack et data , R eply via same centre ( network se rvice), an d Rename sending profile .
54 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Save s ent messages > Ye s â Set the phone to save t he sent tex t messages in t he Sent items folder. Automatic resending > On â The phone automatically attempts to resend a text message, if the sending has f ailed. Multimedia The mes sage settings affect the se nding, receiv ing, and viewing of multimedia messages. Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > Multimedia msgs. and from the following opt ions: Save sent mes sages > Ye s â to set the phone to save s ent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Deliver y reports â to ask the net work to send deliv ery repor ts about y our messages (netw ork service) Default slide timing â to define the default time between slides in multimedia messages Allow multimedia reception > Yes or No â t o rece ive or to block the multimedia message. If you select In home network , you cannot receiv e multimedia me ssages when outside your home network. Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Retrieve manually , or Reject â to allow t he reception of multimedia message s automatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception
55 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Configuration settings > Configuration â Only th e configurations that support multimedia messaging are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for multimedia mes saging. Select A ccount and a multimedia messaging service account conta ined in the active configuration s ettings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is se t to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect the sending, rece iving, a nd viewing of e- mail. You may rec eive the configuration sett ings for the e- mail applicat ion as a configuration mes sage. See Conf iguration set tings service p. 15 . You can als o enter th e settings manual ly. Se e Configur ation p. 77 . To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messages > Message settings > E-mai l messages and from the f ollowing options: Configuration â Sel e ct th e s et th at y ou w ant to ac tiv ate . Account â Sel ect an account provided by the service provider. My name â Enter your name or nick name. E-mail addres s â Ent er your e-mail addr ess. Include signature â You ca n define a signature that is automatically adde d to the end of your e-mail w hen you write your message . Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want t he replies to be sent.
56 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . SMTP user name â Enter t he name t hat you want to us e for out going mail. SMTP password â Ent er the password that you want to use f or outgoing mail. Display t erminal window â Select Yes to perform manual us er authentication for intranet connec tions. Incoming server type â Se lect POP3 or IMAP4 , depe nding on the t ype of e-mail system that you us e. If both types are supporte d, select IMAP4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Font size and smileys Select Me nu > Messages > Message settings > Ot he r setti ngs . To change the font size for reading and writing messages, select Fon t s ize . To replace character -based smileys wi th graphic al ones, select Graphical smileys > Yes . â Messa ge co unt er Select Men u > Messages > Message count er for approximat e information on your recent communications.
57 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 7. Contac ts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone memory and in the SIM card me mory. The phone memory may sa ve contacts with numbers and t ext items . You can also save an image for a certain number of names. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory are indic ated by . â Sea rch f or a cont ac t Select Menu > Contacts > Names . Scroll through t he list of contacts, or e nter the first le tter of the name for which you are s earching. â Sav e n ames an d ph one num ber s Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Names > Opti ons > Add new c ontact . Enter the name and the phone number. â Save nu mbers , ite ms , or an i mage In the phone memo ry for contacts, you can s ave different types of phone number s and short text items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the defa ult number. It is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicat or (for example, ).
58 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . When you select a name (for example , to mak e a call), the default number is used unless you selec t another number. 1. Ensure t hat the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings p. 63 . 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, a nd sel ect Details > Options > A dd detail . 3. To add a number, selec t Number and a number type. To add another detail, s elect a text type or an image from Gallery . To sear ch for an ID f rom the ser ver of your service provider if you hav e connect ed to the pr esence service, select User ID > Search . See My pr esence p. 60 . If only one ID is found, it is automatically saved. Othe rwise, to sav e the ID, select O ptions > Save . To enter the ID , select Enter ID manually . 4. Enter the number or te xt item; to sav e it, selec t OK . 5. To return to the standby mode, select Back > Exit . â Copy c ontacts Search f or the contact you want t o copy, and select Options > Copy . You c an copy names and phone numbers from t he phone conta ct memory to the SIM c ard memory, or v ice ver sa. The SIM card memory can save names with one phone numb er atta ched to th em.
59 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Edit c ontact details 1. Search for t he contact you want t o edit, selec t D etails , and scroll to t he desired name, number, text item, or image. 2. To edit a name, number, or text item, or to c hange an image, select Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . To change the number type, sc roll to the desired number, and s elect Options > Change type . To set the selec ted number as the default number , select Set as default . You cannot edit an ID when it is on th e IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tact s or con tact de tail s To delete a ll the contact s and the details a ttached to them fr om the phone or SIM card memor y, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Delet e all contacts > From phone mem. or Fr om SIM card . Confirm with the s ecurity code. To delete a contact, search for the desired contact, and select O ptions > Del ete contact . To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to t he contact, search for the contact, and select Details . Scroll t o the desir ed detail, and s elect Options > Delete > Delete number , Delete det ail , or Delete image . D eleting an image f rom contacts does not delete it from Gallery .
60 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Bu sine ss ca rds You can s end and receive a pers onâÂÂs contact informat ion from a compatible dev ice that s upports the vCard s tandard as a business card. To send a business card, search for the cont act whose information you want to send , a nd sel ec t Details > Options > Send bus . card > Via mult imedia , Via text message , or Via infrared . When you have received a busines s card, s elect Show > Sav e to sav e the busi ness card in t he phone memor y. To discar d the busines s card, se lect Exit > Yes . â My pr es ence With t he presence s ervice ( network ser vice) you can share your presence s tatus with other users with compatible devices and access to the service. Presence status include s your availabili ty, status message, and per sonal logo. Oth er users who have access t o the serv ice and who request your infor mation are able to see your status. The requested information is s hown in Subscribed names in the viewer sâ Contacts menu. You can per sonalize the infor mation that you wa nt to share wi th others and control who can see your status. Befor e you can use presence , you must subscr ibe to the servic e. T o check t he availability and costs, and to subs cribe to the s ervice, cont act your network operator or service provider, from whom you also r eceive y our unique ID, passwor d, and the settings for t he service. See Configuration p. 77 . While you are connected to the presence servic e, you can us e the other functions of the phone; the pres ence service is active in the bac kground. If you disconnect
61 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . from the s ervice, your pr esence status is shown f or a certain amount of time t o viewers , depending on t he service provider. Select Menu > Cont a ct s > My presence and fr om the following options: Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice or Dis connect from service â to connect t o or disconnect from the service View my pres ence â to v iew the stat us in Private pres. and Public presence Edit my pr esence â to change your presence s tatus. Select My availability , My presence message , My presence logo , or Show to . My viewers > Cu rrent vie wers , Privat e list , or Block ed list Settings > Show current pres ence in idle , Synchronise with profiles , Connect ion type , or Presence s ettings â Sub sc ribe d nam es You can c reate a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aware of. You c an view th e information if it is allowed by the c ontacts and the network. To view these subscribe d names, scroll t hrough the cont acts or use the Subscribed names menu. Ensure t hat the memory in use is Phone or Phone and SIM . See Settings page 63 . To conne ct to the Presence s ervice, select Menu > Contacts > My pres ence > Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice .
62 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Add con ta cts to th e s ubs cr ibed n ame s 1. Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Subscribed names . 2. If you have no c ontacts on your list, select Add . Other wise, select Options > Subscribe new . The list of your contacts is shown. 3. Select a contact from the list, a nd if the cont act has an user ID s aved, the contact is added to th e subscribed names list. View the s ubscribed names To vie w the pres ence informat ion, see Search fo r a contact p. 57 . 1. Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Subscribed names . The s tatus information o f the first contact on the s ubscribed names list is displaye d. The infor mation that the person wants to give t o the others may include text and some of the following ic ons: , , or indicates t hat the person is available , not visible t o others, or not available. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Details to view the de tails of the s elected contact; or select Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Send me ssage , Send bus. card , or Unsubscribe .
63 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact and D etails > the user ID > O ptions > U nsubscribe > OK . To unsubscribe, use the Subscribed names menu. See View the sub scribed names p. 62 . â Sett i ngs Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Settings and from t he following options : Memory in use â to s elect SIM card or phone memory f or your contact s. Select Phone and SIM to recall names and number f rom both memories . In that ca se, when you save names and numbers, they are saved in the phone memory. Contacts view â to select how the names and numbers in contacts ar e displayed Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity â Grou ps Select Menu > Cont a ct s > Groups to ar range the names and phone numbers save d in the memory into caller groups with different ringing tones and gr oup images.
64 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â V oice di alin g You can ma ke a phone c all by saying a voice tag that has bee n added to a phone number. Any s poken words, s uch as a name, can be a voice t ag. The number of voice tags you can c reate is limited. Before using voi ce tags, note th e followi ng: ⢠Voice tag s are not la nguage-d epend ent. The y are depen dent on the sp eaker' s voice. ⢠You must say the n ame exactly as you said it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tag s are se nsitive to backgroun d noise. Record voice tags and use them in a quiet environme nt. ⢠Very sho rt names are n ot accepted. Use long name s and avoid similar name s for diffe rent num be rs . Not e: Using voice tags may be difficul t in a noisy en vironment or d uring an emergency, so y ou shou ld not rely solely up on voice dialling in all ci rcumstanc es. Add an d m anag e voic e ta gs Save or copy the contact s to the phone memory for which y ou want to add a voice tag. You can also add voice tags to the names in the SIM card, but if you replace your SIM card with a new one, y ou must first del ete the old v oice tags bef ore you can add new ones. 1. Search f or the contact to which you want t o add a voice tag. 2. Select Details , scroll to the de sired phone number, and select Options > Add voice ta g .
65 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Select St art , and sa y cle arly th e words you want t o record as a voice tag. After recording, the phone plays the recor ded tag. appears behind the phone number w ith a voic e tag in Contacts . To che ck the voice tags , selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags . Scroll t o the contact with the voice tag that y ou want, and sele ct an option t o listen to, delet e, or change t he rec orded voice t ag. Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an a pplication running that is sending or receiving data using a packet data connect ion, you must e nd the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short to ne is heard, and Spe ak now is displayed. 2. Say t he voice t ag clearly. The phone plays the r ecognized v oice tag, and dials the phone number of the v oice tag after 1.5 seconds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset k ey to st art the voice dialing. â Spee d dia ls To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to t he speed-dialing number that you want. Select Assign , or if a number has already been assigned to t he key, select Options > C hange . Select Search , the name, then t he number you want to assign.
66 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . If the Speed dialling function is off, the phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in Call p. 71 . To mak e a call us ing the speed-dia ling keys, see Speed dialing p. 27 . â Inf o, servi ce, an d my nu mbe rs Select Menu > Cont a ct s and fr om the following functions: Info numbers â to call t he information number s of your s ervice prov ider if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) Service number s â to call the s ervice number s of your se rvice provid er if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) My numbers â to view the phone numbe rs assigned to your SIM card, if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card
67 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 8. Call regist er The phone registers the phone numbers of identified missed, received, and dialed calls ; and the approximate length of your calls . Select Menu > Call register . The phone registers if it is switched on and within the networks service area, and the network supports these functions. â Re cent ca lls lists When you select Options in the Mis sed calls , Received calls , Dialled number s , or Message Recipient s menu, you can view t he time of the call; edit, view, or call the registered phone numbe r; add it to the memory; or delete it from the lis t. You can also s end a text message. To de lete th e recent calls lists, sel ect Menu > Call register > Delete rec ent calls . â Cou nters an d time rs Not e: The actual invoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary, depend ing up on n etwork feature s, r oundi ng off f or bi lling, taxes a nd so f orth . Some timers, including the life timer, may be re set during service or software upgrad es. Select Me nu > Call r egister > Call duration , Packet dat a counter , or Packet data conn. timer for approximate information on your recent communications.
68 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 9. Sett in gs â Pro fil es Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Settings > Profiles . Sc roll to a profile, a nd select it . To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiva te . To set the profile to be active until a certain time up to 24 hours, select Timed , and set the time the profile setting shall end. When the time set for the profile expires, the previous profile that was not timed becomes active. To personalize the profile, select P ers onalise . Select the setting you want to change, and make the changes. T o chan ge your presence status informat ion, sel ect My pre se nc e > M y availability or My presence mes sage . The My p re sen c e menu is available if you set Synchronise with profiles to On . See My pr ese n ce p. 60 . â Theme s A theme contains many elements for personalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, screen saver, color s cheme, and a ringing tone. Select Menu > Settings > Themes and from the f ollowing options: Select theme â to set a theme in y our phone. A list of folders in G allery opens. Open the Themes folder, and select a t heme.
69 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download mor e themes. See Download files p. 113 . â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active profile. Select Menu > Settings > Tones . Selec t and change Incoming c all alert , Ringing tone , Ringing volume , Vibrating alert , Pus h to talk settings , Message alert tone , Instant message aler t tone , Keypad tones , and Warning tones . You can find t he same settings in the Profiles menu. See Profiles p. 68 . To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers t hat belong to a selected caller group, select Alert for . Scroll to t he caller group you want or All calls , and select Mark . â My s h ort cu ts With persona l shortcuts, you get quick ac cess to oft en used functions of the phone. T o manage th e shortcuts, select Menu > Settings > My s hortcuts and from the following options: Right select ion key â to selec t a function f rom the lis t for the right selection k ey. See als o Standby mode p. 23 . This menu may not be s hown, depending on your service provider. Navigation ke y â to sele ct shortcut f unctions for th e navigation key. Scroll t o the desired na vigation key , select Change and a function f rom the list. To remove a
70 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . shortcut funct ion from the k ey, selec t (empt y) . To reassign a function for th e key, sel ect Assi gn . T his menu may not be shown, de pending on your service provider. Voice commands â to activat e phone functions by saying a voice tag. Select a folder, scroll to a function to which yo u want t o add a voice ta g, and select Add . indicat es a voice t ag. To a ctivate a v oice command, see Make a call with a voice tag p. 65 . â Disp lay Select Menu > Settings > Display and from the f ollowing options: Wallpaper â to add the background ima ge to the dis play in the standby mode. To acti vate, or de activate t he wallpaper , select On , or Off . Select Select wallpaper to select an image from the Gallery or Select slide s et and a folder in the Gallery to use the image s in the folder as a slide s et. To download more images for wallpaper, sel ect Graphic downloads . Screen saver > On â to activat e the screen saver for the main dis play. To set the time after which the screen sav er is activated, s elect Time-out . To select a graphic for the sc reen sav er, se lect Image and an image or a graphic from the G allery . Select Slide set and a folder in the Gallery to use the images in the folder as a slide set. T o download more images for t he screen s aver, select Graphic downloads . Powe r s av e r > On â to save s ome batter y power. A digit al clock is displayed when no function of the phone is us ed for a certain time. Colour schemes â to change the color of the menu background and the signal an d batter y bars
71 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Idle state f ont colour â t o select t he color f or the te xts on the display in the standby mode Operator logo â to set your phone to displa y or hide the operator logo. T he menu is dimme d, if you have not save d the operator logo. For mor e information on availability of an operat or logo, contac t your network ope rator or s ervice provider . â Time and d at e Select Menu > Settings > Time and date and from the following options: Clock â to set t he phone t o show th e clock in the standby mode, adjust t he clock, and se lect the t ime zone and the time f ormat Date â to set t he phone t o show the dat e in the standby mode, s et the dat e, and select the date format and date separator Auto-update of date & t ime (network service) â t o set the phone to automatic ally update the time and date according to the current time zone â Call Select Menu > Settings > Call and fr om the following options: Automatic volume control â to set the phone to automat ically adjust th e output volume ac cording to the bac kground noise Call divert (network service) â to divert your incoming calls . You may not be able to divert your call, if some call barring functions ar e active. See Call barring s ervice in Securit y p. 78 .
72 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Anyk ey answer > On â to ans wer an incoming c all, briefl y press any key, except the end key and the left and right selection keys. Automatic redial > On â to set your phone t o make a max imum of 10 attempts to connect t he call af ter an unsucces sful call at tempt Speed dialling > On â to activat e speed dia lling. To set up speed dialling, see Speed dials p. 65 . To dial, pr ess and hold t he corresponding number key. Call waiting > Activ ate â to set the network t o notify you of an inco ming call while yo u have a call in progr ess (network s ervice). See Call waiting p. 28 . Summary after call > On â to briefl y display the approximate dur ation and cost (network service) of t he call aft er each call Send my cal ler ID ( netw ork s ervice) > Ye s , No , or Set by ne twork Line for outgoing calls (network service) â to select the phone l ine 1 or 2 to make calls, if s upported by your SIM car d â Phon e Select Menu > Settings > Phone and f rom the following options: Phone language â to set the display and w riting language Memory status â to view the free memory a nd the used memor y in Gall ery , Messages , and Applications Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically aft er a preset t ime delay when the phone is in the standby mode and no function of the
73 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . phone has been used. Select On , and you can set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes. Secur ity ke yguard â to set the phon e to ask for th e securi ty code when you unloc k the keyguard. Ente r the security code, and select On . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos sible to the o fficial eme rgency number programmed in to your device. Cell info display > On â to receive information from t he network operator depending on the network cell us ed (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Automatic â t o set t he phone automatica lly to s elect one of the cellular networks available in your area. With Manual , you can select a network that has a r oaming agreement w ith your home ne twork operator. Confirm SIM service actions â See SIM services p. 120 . Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts Start-up tone â to select whether the phone pl ays a start -up tone when t he phone is switched on
74 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Conn ecti vit y You can c onnect your phone to compatible devices us ing an infrared c onnection. You can a lso define t he settings for packet data dial-up connections. Infrared You can s et up the phone to s end and receive da ta through its infrared (IR) port. To use a n IR connection, the device with w hich you want to es tablish a connection must be IrD A compliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or dat a device (for example, a computer) t hrough the IR port of your phone. Do not poi nt the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to interfere with other I R devices. Infrared devices are Class 1 lase r products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and th at there are no obstructions between t he devices . To activate the IR port of your phone t o receive data using IR, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrar ed . To deac tivate the IR conne ction, se lect Menu > Settings > Connec tivity > Infrared . When the phone displays Deactivate infrared? , s ele ct Yes . If data transfer is not st arted within 2 minut es after the a ctivation of the IR por t, the connection is canc eled and must be started again. IR connec tion in dicat or When is shown c ontinuously, the IR connection is activated, and y our phone is ready to send or r eceive data th rough its IR port.
75 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . When blinks, your phone is tr ying to co nnect to th e other devi ce, or a connection has been lost. Packe t d ata (E GPRS ) Enhanced ge neral pack et radio service (EGPRS), pa cket data, is a networ k service which allow s mobile phones t o send and re c eive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enable s wireless acc ess to data networ ks such as the Internet. The applic ations that may use packe t data ar e MMS, browsing se ssions, e-mail, remote SyncML, Java application downloading, push to talk, instant messaging, and th e PC dial-up. To defi ne how to use the s ervice, sel ect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Packet data > Packet data connection . Select W hen needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an applicat ion needs it. T he connecti on will be clos ed when the applic ation is terminated. Select Always online to set the phone to automatic ally connect t o an packet data network when it is s witched on. indicat es a packet data connect ion. Mo dem se tti ng s You can c onnect the phone using an IR or a data cable (CA-42) connection to a compatible PC, and use the phone as a mode m to enable packet data connectivity from the PC.
76 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Packet dat a > P acket data set tings > A ctive access point , activa te the access point you want to use, and select Edit active access point . Select Alias for acc ess point , and enter a nick name for t he current ly selected access point. Select Packet data acces s point , and ent er the ac cess point name (APN) to establish a connection to an EGPRS network. You can als o set the dial-up service settings (access point name) on your PC using the Nokia Modem Options s oftware. See Nokia PC Suite p. 121 . If you have set the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC settings are us ed. â Enh anc em en ts This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanc ement. Select Men u > Settings > Enhancement s . You can select an enhancement menu if the corresponding enhancement is, or has been, connec ted to the phone. Depending on the enhancement , select from t he following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically ac tivated when you connect to the s elected enhanceme nt Automatic answer â t o set t he phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is set to Bee p on ce or Off , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set t he lights per manently On . Select Automatic to set the light s on for 15 seconds after a keypress.
77 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Text phone > Use text phone > Ye s â t o use the text phone settings ins tead of headset or loo pset settings â Conf igurat ion You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function c orrectly. The servi ces are brows er, multimedia me ssaging, remote Internet serve r synchronization, presence, and e- mail application. Get t he settings from your SIM card, from a service provider as a configuration mes sage, or enter your personal settings manually. You can store configuration settings from up to 20 service pr oviders in th e phone and ma nage them within t his menu. To s ave the conf iguration settings rece ived by a c onfiguration messa ge from a service provider, s ee Configuration settings service p. 15 . Select Menu > Settings > Configuration and from t he following options: Default configur ation settings â to view t he service providers saved in the phone. Scroll t o a service provider, and select Details to view t he applications th at the configuration s ettings of this service provider s upport. To set t he configuration settings of the service p rovider as default settings, s elect Options > Set as default . To delete configuration settings, select Dele te . Activate default in all applications â to ac ti va te the d efa ul t c on figu rat io n set t ing s for suppor ted applications Preferr ed access point â to view the saved access points. Scr oll to an access point, and se lect Options > Det ails to view t he name of the servic e provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or GSM dial-up number.
78 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Connect to ser vice provider support â to download the c onfiguration settings from y our service provider Personal configuration settings â to add new pers onal accounts for various service s manually, a nd to acti vate or delete them. T o add a new personal account if you hav e not added any, selec t A dd new ; otherwise, s elect Options > Add new . Select the service type, and select and ent er each of the requir ed parameters . The parameters differ according to the selected se rvice type. To delete or ac tivate a personal ac count, scroll t o it, and select Options > Del ete or A ctiv ate . â Sec urity When security features that restrict calls are in use (such as call barring, cl osed us er grou p and fixed dia ling) calls still ma y be possib le to the offi cial emerg ency number pr ogrammed into your device. Select Menu > Settings > Secur ity and from t he following options: PIN code request â to set th e phone to ask for your PIN or UPIN c ode every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM ca rds do not allow t he code reques t to be turned off. Call barring service (n etwo rk s ervice) â to restrict incoming calls to and outgoing calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls to se lected phone numbers if this function is s upported by y our SIM card Closed user group (network service) â t o specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you
79 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Securi ty level > Phone â the phone a sks fo r the security code w henever a new SIM card is inserted into the phone . Select Memory , and the phone asks for the security c ode when SIM car d memory is selected and you want to c hange the memory in us e. Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PI N code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, and barring pa ssword Code in us e â to select whether the PIN code or UPIN code is be act ive Pin2 code request â to s elect whether PIN 2 code is required when us ing a specific phone feat ure which is c overed by t he PIN2 code â Re store fa ctory settin gs To res et some of the menu settings t o their original va lues, sele ct Men u > Settings > Restore fac tory sett. . Enter the se curity code. The data you have entered or downloaded are not deleted, f or example, the names and phone numbers saved in Contacts .
80 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you ac cess a por tal to services provided by your net work oper ator. The name and the ic on depend on the oper ator. For more information c ontact, your net work operator. If t his menu is not shown, the following me nu numbers change ac cordingly. The operat or can update this menu wit h a service message. For more informat ion, see Service inbox p. 114 .
81 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1 1. Galler y In this menu you ca n manage graphics, images, recordings , video clips, themes, and t ones. These files are arranged in folder s. Your phone support s an activat ion key system t o protect acquired cont ent. Always check t he delivery t erms of any c ontent and activation k ey before acq uiring them, as th ey may be subject to a f ee. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. The files stored in Gallery use a memory th at may have a capaci ty of about 3 MB. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > G allery . To s ee the available options of a folder, se lect a folder and Options . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder and Op en . To s ee the available options of a file, s elect a f ile and Options .
82 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 12. Media Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. â Camera You can t ake photos or record video clips with the built-in camer a. The c amera produces pi ctures in JPEG format and vide o clips in 3GP format. When taking and using images or video clips, obey all laws and respe ct local customs as well as pri vacy and legi tim ate rights of other s. The Nokia 7360 d evice su pports a n image capture res olution o f 640 x 480 pixel s. The image resolution in these materials may appear different. Take a ph oto To take a photo, s elect Menu > Media > Camera > C apture . The phone saves t he photo in Gallery > Images . To take another phot o, select Back ; to s end the phot o as a multimedia message , select Send . To view the options, select Options . Record a video clip Select Menu > Media > C amera . To select the video mode, scroll left or right, or sel ect Options > Video ; to start the recor ding, select Record . To pause the recording, select Pa u s e ; to resume th e recording, selec t Continue . To stop the
83 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . recording, select Stop. The phone s aves the r ecording in Gallery > Video clips . To view t he options, s elect Options . â Radio Th e FM ra dio d epe nds on an ant enna ot her t han t he w irele ss de vice a nten na. A compa tible headset or enhanceme nt need s to be attached to the de vice for the FM radio to funct ion pro pe rly . War ning: Li sten to mus ic at a m oderate level. C ontinuous e xposure to high volume may damage your heari ng. Do not hold th e device near yo ur ear when the loud speaker is in use, because the volume may be extremely l oud. Select Menu > Media > Radio . To use t he graphical keys , , , or on the display, scroll left or right to t he desired k ey, and se lect it. To cha nge the volume , press th e volume k eys. Save ra dio ch an nels 1. To s tart the cha nnel search, s elect and hold or . To change t he radio frequency in 0. 05 MHz steps , briefly press or . 2. To s ave the channel to a memor y locat ion, 1 to 9, pr ess and hold t he corresponding number key. To save the channel in t he memory location from 10 to 20, press briefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the desired number key, 0 to 9 . 3. Enter t he name of t he channel, and select OK .
84 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Li st en t o th e r adio Select Menu > Media > R adio . To sc roll to the desired channel, select or or press the headset key. To select a radio channel location, briefly press the corresponding number keys. Select O ptions and from the f ollowing options: Switch off â to turn off the radio Save chan nel â t o save a new channel, and e nter the channel name Channels â to sele ct the lis t of saved channels . To dele te or r ename a channel, scroll to t he desired c hannel, and se lect Options > Delete channel or Rename . Mono output or Stereo output â to listen to the radio in monophonic sound or in ster eo Loudspeaker or Headset â to listen to the radio using the loudspeaker or headset. Keep the headset connected t o the phone. The lead of the headset functions as the radio antenna. Set frequency â to enter the f requency of the desired radio channel You can normally make a c all or answer an incoming c all while listening to the radio. During the call, the volume of the radio is muted. When an application using a packet data or HSCSD connect ion is sending or receiving da ta, it may interfere w ith the radio.
85 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Recor der You can record pieces of speech, sound, or an a ctive call for up to 5 minutes. The actual recording time de pends on the ava ilable memory space. The recorder cannot be used when a data call or packet data connect ion is active. Record so und 1. Select Menu > Media > Reco r der . To us e the graphical keys, , , or , on the display, s croll left or r ight to the desired key, and select it. 2. To s tart the recor ding, select . To start the recording during a c all, selec t Options > Re cord . While recording a ca ll, all par ties to the c all hear a faint beeping s ound about every 5 seconds. When recording a call, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear. 3. To end t he recording, select . The reco rding is saved in Gallery > Recor dings . 4. To lis ten to the lat est recording, sele ct Options > Play last recorded . 5. To s end the last r ecording using a multimedia message or IR, select O ptions > Send last recor ded . Li st o f rec ord in gs Select Menu > Media > Recorder > O ptions > Recordings list . The list of folders in the Gallery is shown. Open Recordings to see the list wit h recordings. Select Options to select options for files in the Galle ry . See Galler y p. 81 .
86 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 13. Organiser â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock . To set the ala rm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To set the phone to alert you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect the al arm tone or set a radio c hannel as t he alarm tone, select Alarm tone . If you select the radio as an alarm tone, connect the heads et to the phone. The phone uses the las t channel you listened to as the alarm, and the ala rm plays through t he loudspeaker. If you remov e the headset or switch off the phone, the default a larm tone replaces the radio. To set a snooze time-out, select Snooze time-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an a lert tone, and f lashes Alarm! and the current time on t he display, even if the phone was switched of f. To stop t he alarm, select Stop . If you let the phone continue to s ound the alarm for a minute or select Snooze , the alarm st ops for the selected snooz e time-out a nd then resumes. If the alarm tim e is re ached while the device is sw itched of f, the device sw itches its elf on and s tart s sou ndi ng the al arm tone. If yo u sele ct Stop , the device asks whether yo u want to
87 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . activate the devi ce for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Ye s to make and receive calls. Do not sele ct Yes when wirel ess phone u se may cause interfere nce or d anger. â Calenda r Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The c urrent day is indicated by a frame. If there are any notes set for the day, the day is in bold type. T o vie w the day not es, select View . To vi ew a week, s elect Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the mo nth or week view, and select Options > Delet e all notes . Other options for the day v iew may be Make a not e , Delete , Edit , Mo ve , or Repeat a note; Copy a note t o another day; Send note as t ext message or multimedia message, w ith IR, or t o the cale ndar of another compat ible phone. In Se ttings you can set the date and time s ettings. In Auto-delete not es you can set the phone to delete old not es automati cally after a specified t ime. Mak e a c al end ar not e Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . Scroll t o the date y ou want, a nd select Options > Make a n ot e and one of the follow ing note types : Meet ing , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . No te alarm The phone displays the note, and if set, sounds a t one. With a c all note on the display, to call the displayed number, press t he call key . To stop th e alarm and t o
88 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . view t he note, select View . To stop the alarm for about 10 minutes, select Snooze . To s top the alarm wit hout view ing the note, s elect Ex it . â To-do li st To s ave notes for tasks that you must do, select Menu > Organise r > T o-do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Add . Write the note, and select Save . Sele ct the pr iority, the deadline , and the alarm ty pe for the not e. To vie w a note, sc roll to it, and s elect Vie w . You can a lso select an option to delete the selecte d note and d elete all the notes that you have marked as done. You can sort the notes by priority or deadline; send a note t o another phone us ing a text message, multimedi a message, or inf rared; save a note as a calendar note; or acce ss the cale ndar. While vie wing a note, you can also s elect an option to edit the deadline or priority for the note or mar k the note as done. â Notes To use t his application f or writing and s ending notes, select Men u > Organiser > Notes . To create a not e if no not e is added, select Add note ; other wise, select Options > Make a n ot e . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting, and editing a not e. While edit ing a note, you can also exit th e text editor wit hout saving the cha nges. You can send the note to compatible dev ices using a t ext message, a multimedia mes sage, or IR. If
89 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the note is too long to send as a text messag e, the phone asks you t o delete the appropriate number of characters from your note. â Sync hro nizat i on Synchronization allow s you to sa ve your calendar and Contacts data on a r emote Internet se rver (network s ervice) or on a c ompatible PC. If y ou have sav ed data on the remote Internet server, to synchronize your phone, s tart the synchronization from your phone. To s ynchronize the data in the phone contacts, calendar, and notes t o correspond wit h the data of y our compatible PC, start the synchronization from the PC. The contact dat a in your SIM car d is not synchronized. Answering an incoming call during sy nchronization ends the synchronization, and you m ust rest art it . Server synchroniza tion Before synchronizing from your phone, you must do the following: ⢠Subscribe to a synchr onization service. For details, cont act y our service provi der. ⢠Retrieve the synchr onization settings from your serv ice provider. See Synchronization s ettings p. 90 . To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select the configuration s ettings you ne ed for the synchr onization. See Synchronization s ettings p. 90 .
90 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Data to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronized. 3. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Synchronise . The marked data of the active set is synchronized after confirmation. Synchronizing for the first t ime or after an interrupted s ynchronization may t ake up to 30 minutes to complete, if the contacts or calendar are full. Synchroniza tion sett ings You may receive the configuration settings required for synchronization as a configuration mes sage from t he service prov ider. To manage t he confi guration settings, s ee Configuration p. 77 . 1. Select Menu > Organiser > Sync > Server sync > Sync s ettings and fr om the following options: Configuration â Only the configurations that support t he synchronization are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or Pe rsonal config. for synchronization. Account â Sel ect a synchroniza tion service acc ount conta ined in the active configuration settings. 2. Select PC sy nc settings to enter the settings for server alert ed synchronization. Se t the U ser name and Pa s s w o r d . The us er name and pas sword must be t he same in the phone a nd in the PC.
91 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Synchronize from a compatible PC To synchronize Co nt ac t s , Calendar , and Note s from a compatible PC, us e an IR or data cable connection. You also need No kia PC Suite softwar e of your phone installed on the PC. Start the synchroniz ation from t he PC using N okia PC Suite. â Calc ulator The c alculator in your phone adds, s ubtracts, multiplies, divides, c alculates the squar e and t he square root, and converts currency values. Note : This calc ulator has limite d accuracy and is d esigned for sim ple calculatio ns. Select Menu > O rganiser > Calculator . When 0 is dis played on t he screen, enter the f irst number in th e calculation. Pr ess # for a decima l point. Select O ptions > Add , Subtr act , Multiply , Divide , Square , Square root , or C hange sign . Enter the second number , if needed. F or a tota l, select Equals . Repeat t his sequence as many times as it is nec essary. T o start a new calculati on, select and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conversion, select Men u > Organ iser > Calculator . T o sa ve the exchange rate, select Options > Exchange r ate . Sele ct either of the displayed options. Ent er the ex change rate, press the # key for a dec imal point, and sel ect OK . The exchange rate remains in the me mory until you replace it w ith another one. To perform the currency c onversion, ent er the amount t o be convert ed, and sel ect Options > In domestic or In foreign . Note : When you change base cu rrency, you must enter the n ew rates because all previousl y set exchange rate s are set to zero.
92 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Stop wat ch To meas ure time, tak e intermediat e times, or t ake lap t imes, use the stopwatch. During timi ng, the other functions of the phone can be use d. To set the stopwatch timing i n the background, press the end key. Using the stop watch or allowi ng it to run in the backgro und whe n using other fe atures incr ease s the dema nd on batt ery powe r an d redu ces t he ba ttery lif e. Select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch and from the f ollowing options: Split timing â to t ake intermediat e times. T o start t he time obser vation, select Start . Select Split every time t hat you want to take a n interme diate time. T o stop the time obs ervation, s elect Stop. To save the measured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > St art . The new time is added to the previous time. To reset the time w ithout saving it, select Re se t . To se t th e stopwat ch timing in the background, press the end key. Lap timing â t o take lap times. To set the stopwatch timing in the background, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view t he most recently meas ured time if the st opwatch is not r eset View times or D elete times â to view or delete the save d times
93 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Coun tdow n ti me r Select Menu > Organiser > Timer . Enter t he alarm time in hours, minutes, a nd sec ond s, an d sele ct OK . If you wish, w rite your own not e text that is displayed when t he time expir es. To sta rt the countdow n timer, select Start . To chan ge the countdown ti me, select Change time . To s top the t imer, select Stop timer . If the alarm time is reached when t he phone is in the s tandby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdo wn time up . T o stop the ala rm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatical ly stops within 60 seconds. To stop the alarm and to delete the not e text, select Exit . To re st art the countdown timer, s elect Rest art .
94 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 14. Applicat ions â Games Your phone soft ware includes some games. Lau n ch a g am e Select Menu > Applic ations > Games . Scroll to the desired game, and select Open . For options related to a game, see Other applicat ion options p. 95 . Gam e d ownlo ads Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > Game downloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Selec t More bookmarks to access the lis t of bookmar ks in the Web me nu. See Bookmarks p. 112 . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. Gam e s etti ngs To s et sounds, lights, and s hakes for games and applications, sel ect Menu > Applications > Option s > App. settings .
95 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Colle ction Your phone soft ware includes some Java applic ations specially des igned for t his Nokia phone. Launch an ap plication Select Menu > Applications > Collection . Scroll to an applic ation, and s elect Open . Othe r ap plicat ion optio ns Delete â to delete the application or application set from the phone Details â t o view a dditional information about t he applicat ion Update ve rsion â to check if a ne w version of t he applicat ion is availa ble for download fr om Web (network servi ce) App. access â to res trict the appli cation f rom accessi ng the networ k. Differ ent categories are shown. Select in each category, if available, one of the following permissions: Ask every time to s et the p hon e to al wa ys a sk f or n et wor k acc ess , As k first time only to set the phone to ask for network access only on the first attempt, Always allowed to allow t he network a ccess, or Not allowed to not allow the networ k access . Web page â to provide fur ther information or addit ional data for t he application from an Internet page. This feature mus t be supported by t he network. It is only shown if an Internet address has been provi ded with t he applicat ion.
96 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Dow nload an appli catio n Your phone supports J2ME TM Java applic ations. Ensure t hat the applica tion is compatible wit h your phone bef ore downloading it . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. You can download new Java a pplications in diffe rent ways. Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > App. do wnloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Select M ore bookmar ks to access the list of bookmar ks in the Web me nu. Select the appropria te bookmark to c onnect to t he desired page. For the availability of different services, pricing, and t ariffs, contact your service provider. Select Menu > Web > Downloads . Download an appropr iate application or game. See Download file s p. 113 . Use the game download function. See Game downloads p. 94 . Use t he Nokia Application Installer in PC Suite to download the applications to your phone. Your device may have som e bookmark s loaded for sites no t affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endors e these sit es. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site.
97 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 15. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way radio service available over a G SM/GPRS cellular network (net work service). PT T provides dir ect voice communication. T o connect, press and hold the volume up (PTT ) key. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or group you are calling does not have to answer the phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there i s no other confirmation w hether the recipients have hea rd the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subs cribe to t he service , contact y our service provider. Roaming services may be more limited th an for normal calls. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. Se e PTT settings p. 106 . While you are connected to the PTT service, you can use the other functions of the phone. The PTT over c ellular service is not connect ed to traditiona l voice communication, and therefore ma ny of th e services av ailable for t raditional voic e calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications.
98 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Pus h to ta lk men u Select Menu > Push to talk . To conne ct to or disconnect fro m the PTT se rvice, selec t Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . To vie w the rece ived c allback requests , select Callback inbox . To vie w the list of PTT groups, select Group list . To view the list of cont acts to which you ha ve adde d the PTT address received from the service provider, select Contacts list . To add a new PTT group to the phone, select Add group . To set the PTT settings for use, select PTT settings . To set the required settings for t he PTT connection, select C onfig. settings . To open the browser a nd to connec t to the PTT network portal provided by t he service provider, selec t Web . â Con nect to a nd disco nnec t PTT To conne ct to the PTT serv ice, select Men u > Push to talk > Sw itch PTT on . indicat es the PTT connection. indicates that t he service is temporarily unavailable. The phone automatically tries to reconnect to the service until you disconnect from the PTT service. If yo u have added groups to t he phone, you ar e automatically joined to t he active ( Default or Listened ) groups, and the name of the default group is displayed in the standby mode. To dis connect from t he PTT ser vice, se lect Switch PTT off .
99 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Make and r eceive a P TT call Select Menu > Settings > T ones > Push t o talk settings to set th e pho ne to us e the loudspeak er or headset for PTT communication. War ning: D o n o t h o l d t h e d e v i c e n e a r y o u r e a r w h e n t h e l o u d s p e a k e r i s i n u s e , becau se the volume may be extremely lou d. When connected to t he PTT service , you can ma ke or r eceive dial-out calls, g roup calls, or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are calls you ma ke to only one person. Make a di al -o ut PTT ca ll For a dial- out PTT call you ca n select mult iple PTT contact s from the contact lis t. The recipi ents get an incoming call and need to ac cept the ca ll in order t o participate. A dial-out c all creates a temporary group, and the pa rticipants join this gr oup only for the duration of the call. After the call , the t emporary dial-out group is deleted. Select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list , and mark the desired conta cts for the dial-out call. The ic on behind the contact in the lis t denotes current login status: , , or indicat e that the per son is available, unavailable, or unknown; indicates t hat the login status is not a vailable. The login status is only available for subscribed contacts. T o change t he subscribed contacts, selec t Options and from the available contact lis t options Subscribe contact or U nsubscr. contact ; or if one or more contacts are already marked, Subscribe mar ked or Unsubscr . marked .
100 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key briefly to start the dial-out call. The marked cont acts ar e called by the PTT se rvice, and t he joining conta cts are shown on the display. Press and hold the volume up (PTT) k ey again to t alk to the joined contacts. Release the volume up (PTT) key to hear the response. Press the endkey t o terminate the dial-out call. Make a gr o up call To make a call to the default group, press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. A tone sounds, indicat ing that t he access is granted, and the phone displays your nickname and group name. To mak e a call to a non-default gr oup, select G roup list in the PTT menu, scroll to the desired group, and pres s and hold th e volume up (PTT) key. Press and hold the volume up (PTT) key the ent ire time you are t alking, and hold the phone in front of you so that you c an see the display . When you have finished, release the volume up (PTT) key. Talking is allowed on a f irst-come, firs t-served basis. Wh en someone stops talking, the first person to press the volume up (PTT ) key can talk next . Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT addres s, select Contacts list . Scroll to a cont act, and press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. You can also select the contact fr om Contacts .
101 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . To start a one-to-one c all from the lis t of PTT groups, select Group list , and s croll to the desired group. Select Options > A ctive members , s croll to t he desired contact, and pr ess and hold t he volume up (PTT) key. To s tart a one-to -one call from t he list of callback reques ts you have received , sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll t o the de sired nickname, and press and hold t he volume up (PTT) key. Receive a PTT call A short tone notifies you of an inc oming group and one-to-one call. When receiving a group call, the group name and the nic kname of the caller are displaye d. When receiving a one-to-one call f rom a person whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the save d name is displaye d if identif ied; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displaye d. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one call if you have set the phone to f irst notify you of the one-t o-one calls. If you pr ess and hold t he volume up (PT T) key to t ry to res pond to a group w hile another me mber is talking, y ou hear a queuing tone, and Que ui ng is displayed as long as you press the volume u p (PTT) key. Press and h old the volume up (PTT) key, and wait for the ot her person to finish; then you can talk. â Callba ck requ est s If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can s end a request for t he person t o call you back.
102 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . When someone sends you a callback request , Callback request rece ived is displaye d in the st andby mode. W hen you receive a c allback request f rom someone who is not in y our contacts lis t, you can s ave the name to your Contacts . Send a callback request You can s end a callbac k request in t he following ways : ⢠To s end a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Push to talk menu, sel ect Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and s elect Options > Se nd callback . ⢠To send a callbac k request from Contacts , searc h for the des ired contact, se lec t Options > Contact details , scroll to the PTT address, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from th e group list in t he PTT menu, select Group list , and s croll to the desired gr oup. Select Options > A ctive members , s croll to the desired contact, and select Opt ions > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, s elect Callback inbox . Scr oll to a contac t, and select Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-to-one c all, press and hold the volume up (PTT) key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Se nd callback . To delete the request, select Delet e .
103 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Save the callback request sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT address to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . â Add a o ne-to -one contac t You can s ave the names of pers ons to whom you oft en make one- to-one calls in the following ways: ⢠To add a PTT address to a name in Con t act s , search for the desire d contact, and sel ect Options > A dd detail > PTT address . ⢠To add a contact t o the PTT c ontacts list, select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list > Opti ons > Add contact . ⢠To add a contact fr om the group lis t, connect to the PTT service, selec t G roup list , and scroll to the des ired group. Select Options > A ctive members . Scr oll to the member whose cont act informat ion you want to save, a nd select Options . To add a new cont act, select Save as . To add a PTT address to a name in Contacts , select Add to contact . â Cre ate a nd set u p gr ou ps When you call a group, all membe rs joined to the group hear t he call simultaneously.
104 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Each membe r in the group is identified by a nickname, which is s hown as a caller identificat ion. Group memb ers can choos e a nickname for themselve s in each group. Groups are registered with a URL addres s. One user registers the group U RL in t he network by joining the group session th e first time. There are three types of PTT groups: ⢠Provi sioned groups are c losed groups that allow only selec ted partic ipants provi sioned by the s ervice pr ovider to join. ⢠Ad hoc gr oups are groups that the user s can c reate. You can creat e your own group, and invite members to t he group. ⢠Ad hoc pr o groups are gr oups you can cr eate from me mbers in a pr ovisioned group. For example, a business can hav e a clos ed group and separate groups created for certain business functions. Add a grou p Select Menu > Push to talk > Add group . Select from the f ollowing options: ⢠Guided â to add a new group. To set t he security le vel for t he group, select Public group or Privat e group . If you s elect Private group , t he phone automatically creates a scr ambled part to the group addr ess that the members cannot view when they receive the invitat ion to the gr oup. Only the person who creat es the pr ivate group ca n invite more me mbers to th e group. Enter t he name for the group. Sele ct Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indica tes that t he group is s aved and its status. Default and Listened are active groups.
105 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . When you press and hold the volume up (PT T) key to mak e a group call, the default group is called if you have not scrolled to any other group or contact. To send an invitation t o the group, s elect Ye s when the phone request s it. You can send t he invitation using a text message or IR. The membe rs you invit e to the public groups can also inv ite more members to the group. ⢠Manual â to join an existing group. Ent er the group addr ess. Select Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indicates t hat the group is sa ved and its stat us. Default and Listened are active groups. When you press and hold the volume up (PTT) key to make a group call , th e default group is called if yo u have not scrolled to any other gr oup or contact. Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a group, Group invitation receive d: is dis played. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and t he group address if the group is not a priva te group, select View . 3. To add the group t o your phone, select Save . To set the status f or the group, sel ect Default , List ened , or Inactive . To rejec t the invitation, sel ect Exit > Ye s , or select View > Discard > Yes .
106 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â PTT s etti n gs There ar e two kinds of PTT se ttings: settings for conne cting to the service and settings for use . You may rec eive the settings for connecting t o the service from your service provider. See Configuration settings service p. 15 . You can enter the se ttings manually. See Configur ation p. 77 . To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Push t o talk > Config. settings and from the follow ing options: Configuration â to select a servi ce provide r, Default , or P ersonal c onfig. for PTT service . Only the c onfigurations that s upport the PTT service are shown. Account â to s elect a PTT service ac count contained in the active configura tion settings You can a lso select from the following opt ions: PTT user name , Default nickname , PTT password , Domain , an d Server address To edit t he PTT settings for use, select Me nu > Push to talk > P TT setti ngs and from the following: 1 to 1 calls > On â to select the phone to a llow the rece ption of incoming one -to- one calls 1 to 1 calls > Off â to mak e but not receive one- to-one ca lls. The service provider may off er some se rvices tha t override t hese setti ngs. To set t he phone to first notify y ou of incoming one-to-one calls wit h a ringing tone , select Not ify . Listened groups > On â to activate the listened groups
107 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . PTT status in star tup > Ye s â to set the phone to automati cally connect to the PT T service when you s witch the phone on Send my PT T address > No â to hide your PTT addres s from group and one-to-one calls
108 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 16. Web You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browse r (netwo rk serv ice ). Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, prici ng, tari ffs, and instruc tions with your service provider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that use w ireless mar kup language (WML) or extensible hyp ertext markup language ( XHTML) on t heir pages. Appearance may va ry due to s creen size. You may not be able t o view all details of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow si ng You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider that o ffers the servic e that you want to use. See Configuration settings service p. 15 . You can also enter all the configuration s ettings manually. See Configuration p. 77 . â Conn ect t o a se rvice First, ve rify that t he correc t configuration settings of the ser vice that you want to use a re activat ed.
109 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > We b > Settings > Configuration settings . 2. Select Conf iguration . Only the configurations that support brows ing service are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for browsi ng. See Set up browsing p. 108 . Select Account and a br owsing service account cont ained in th e active configuration settings. Select D isplay terminal window > Ye s to perform manual us er authenticati on for intr anet connections. Secondly, make a conne ction to the service in one of t he following ways : â¢S e l e c t Menu > Web > Home ; or in the standby mode, p ress and hold 0 . ⢠To s elect a bookmar k of the service, s elect Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To s elect the la st URL, s elect Menu > We b > Last web address . ⢠To enter the addres s of the service, selec t Menu > Web > Go t o address , en te r the address of t he service, and select OK . â Brows e pag es After you ma ke a connect ion to the service, you can start browsing its pages. The function of t he phone ke ys may v ary in differ ent services . Follow th e text guides on the phone display. For more informat ion, contact your service provide r. If packet data is selected as the data bearer, is shown on the top lef t of the display during browsing. If you rec eive a call or a text message, or make a call
110 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . during a packet data connection, is shown on the top of the display to indica te that t he packet data c onnection is suspended (on hold). Af ter a call the phone tries to reconnect the pa cket data connect ion. Brows e with ph one keys Use t he navigation keys to brows e through the page. To s elect a highlighte d item, pres s the call k ey, or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the keys, 0 to 9 . To enter spe cial chara cters, press * . Options wh ile browsi ng Nokia. com, Home , A dd bookmark , Bookmarks , P age options , Histor y , Downloads , Other options , Reload , an d Qui t may be available. The service provider may also offer other options. A cache is a memory location tha t is used to st ore data temp oraril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confident ial information requiring passwords, em pty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have accessed is stored in the ca che. To empty the cache , see Cache memory p. 115 . Direct callin g The browse r supports functions th at you can access while b rowsing. You can make a phone c all, save a name and a phone number from a page.
111 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Appear ance set tings While browsing, select O ptions > O ther options > Appear . settings ; or in the standby mode , select Me nu > Web > Se ttings > Appearance settings and from the following options: Text wrapping > On â to set the text to continue on the next line on the display. If you select Of f , t he text is abbreviated. Font size > Extra small , Small , or Medium â t o se t th e font s ize Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can s peed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of pictures . Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Yes â to se t th e phone to al ert wh en an encrypt ed connection changes to unencrypted during browsing. Alerts > Aler t for unsecure it ems > Yes â to set the pho ne to a ler t when an encrypt ed page contains an unsecure item. These alerts do not guarantee a secure connection. F or more inf ormation, see Browse r secu rity p. 115 . Character encoding > Cont ent encoding â t o select t he encoding for the browser page content Character encoding > U nicode (UTF-8) web addr esses > On â to set the pho ne to send a URL as a UTF -8 encoding. You may need th is setting when y ou access a Web page c reated in for eign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set t he screen s ize
112 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Cookie s A cookie is data t hat a site saves in t he cache memory of your phone. C ookies are save d until you clear the ca che memory. See Cache me mory p. 115 . While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Security > Cookie s ettings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Settings > Se curi ty se ttings > Cookies . To allow or prevent t he phone from receiving cookies , select Allo w or Reject . â Scr ipt s o ver se cu re c onne ct ion You can select whether t o allow the running of scripts from a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Secur ity > Script settings ; or in the standby mode, selec t Menu > We b > Settings > Security settings > Scripts over secure connec tion . 2. To allow the scripts , select Allo w . â Bookmar ks You can save page addresses as bookmarks in the phone memory. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Bookmar ks ; or in t he sta ndby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scrol l to a bookmar k, and select it; or pr ess the ca ll key t o make a c onnection to the page assoc iated with t he bookmark.
113 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 3. Select O ptions to view, edit, del ete, or send t he bookmark; creat e a new bookmar k; or save the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have som e bookmark s loaded for sites no t affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endors e these sit es. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site. Receive a bookm ark When you have receiv ed a bookmar k that is sent as a bookmark, 1 bookmark received is displayed. To save the bookmark, select Show > Save . To view o r delete t he bookmark, s elect Options > Vie w or Delete . To dis card the bookmar k directly after you have receiv ed the book mark, select Exit > OK . â Down loa d f ile s To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (network ser vi c e) , sel ect Menu > Web > Downloads > T one downloads , G raphic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , Theme do wnloads , or A pp. downloads . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. To save all downloa ded files automati cally i n the appropriate f older in Gallery or in Applications , s ele c t Menu > Web > Se ttings > Downloading settings > Aut omatic saving > On .
114 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Serv ice in box The phone is able to r eceive s ervice messages (pushed messages) s ent by your service provider (networ k service ). Service mes sages are notifications of , for example, news headlines , and they may contain a text message or a n address of a servi ce. To acc ess th e Service inbox in the s tandby mode , when you have r eceived a service message, s elect Sh ow . If you sele ct Exit , t he message is moved to t he Serv ice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox lat e r, se le ct Me nu > Web > Servic e inbox . To a cce ss t he Service inbox while browsing, selec t Opti ons > O ther options > Service inbox . Scroll to t he message y ou want, and to acti vate the browser and download t he marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed inf ormation on the service notific ation or to delete the message, select Opti ons > Details or Delete .
115 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Se rv ic e i nb ox set tin g s Select Menu > Web > Se ttings > Service inbox settings . To s et whether you want to receive se rvice me ssages, select Service messages > On or Off . To s et the phone to r eceive service messages only from cont ent authors approved by th e servic e provider, s elect Message f ilter > On . T o view the list of the app roved co nte nt a utho rs, se lect Trusted channels . To s et the phone to aut omatically act ivate the browser from t he standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Au tomatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone activat es the browser only after you select Retrieve when the phone has receiv ed a service mes sage. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location tha t is used to st ore data temp oraril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confident ial information requiring passwords, em pty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have accessed is stored in the ca che. To empty the cache, while browsing, select Options > Other options > Clear the cac he ; in the standby mode, selec t Men u > We b > Clear the cache . â Browse r securi ty Security features may be required for some service s, such as online banki ng or shopping. For such connec tions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and pos sibly a security module , which may be available on your SIM car d. For mor e information, contact your service provider.
116 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Secur ity m odule The s ecurity module impro ves security servic es for applicat ions requiring a browser connec tion, and allows you to use a digital signature . The security module may cont ain certifica tes as well as pr ivate and public keys. The certific ates are save d in the secur ity module by t he service provider. Select Menu > Web > Setting s > Securi ty se tting s > Se curity module settings and from the f ollowing options: Security module details â to show the security module title, status, manufactu rer, and se rial number Module PIN request â to s et the phone to as k for t he module PIN when using service s provided by t he security module. Ent er the code, and select On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to cha nge the module PIN, if allowed by t he security module. Ent er the c urrent module PIN code, then e nter the new code twice. Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Select t he signing PIN you want to chang e. Enter the current PIN code, then enter the new code t wice. See als o Access codes p. 13 .
117 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Certificates Important: Even if the use of certi fica tes makes th e risks invo lved in remo te connectio ns and softw are insta llation considerably sma ller, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased security. The existence of a certificate does not of fer an y prot ect ion by itself ; the certi ficat e mana ger mu st c ontain correct, a uthentic, or trusted certificat es for increased se curity to be avai lable. Certif icates have a restri cted life time. I f Expired certi fica te or Certif icate no t valid yet is shown even if th e certifi cate sho uld be vali d, check th at the curren t date and time in your d evice are correct. Before changing any certificat e settings, you mus t make sure that you really trust the owne r of the certi ficate an d that the cert ifica te really b elongs to the listed owne r. There are three kinds of certificat es: server c ertificates , authority certificat es, and user certificat es. You ma y receive t hese ce rtificates from your service provider. Author ity certificate s and user certificates may also be s aved in the security module by the service provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, sel ect Menu > We b > Settin gs > Security settings > Aut hority certificat es or User certificat es . The s ecurity indicator is displayed during a connection, if the data transmission between the phone and the content server is encrypted. The security ic on doe s not indica te that th e data t ransmissio n between th e gatew ay and the content server (or place where the requested resource is stored) is s ecure. The service provider secu res the data trans mission be tween the gatew ay and the cont ent server.
118 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Digit al s ign at ure You can ma ke digital signatures with your phone if your SIM card ha s a security module. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document. To mak e a digital signature, selec t a link on a pa ge, for example, th e title of t he book you want to buy and its price. The t ext to si gn, which may include the amount and dat e, is shown. Check tha t the he ader te xt is Read and that t he digital signature icon is show n. If the digital signature ic on does not appear , there is a secur ity breach, and you should not ent er any personal data such as your signing PIN. To s ign the text , read all of the text first, a nd select Sign . The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e signing. Select t he user cer tificate you want to use. Enter th e signing PIN (see Ac ce ss codes p. 13 ), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappears, and t he service may dis play a confir mation of your pur chase. â P osition ing in forma tion The network may send you a loc ation request. You can ensure that the net work delivers location information of your phone only if you approve it (net work service ). Contact your net work operator or service provider to s ubscribe and t o agree upon t he deliver y of locat ion information.
119 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . To ac cept or reject the location request, select Ac cept or Rejec t . If y ou miss the request, t he phone automatical ly acc epts or rejects it accor ding to what you have agreed with your network operator or service provider. The ph one displays 1 missed position reques t . To view the missed location r equest, select Show . To vie w the informat ion on the 10 most recent privac y notificat ions and reques ts or to delete them, select Men u > Web > P ositioning > P osition log > Open folder or Delete all .
120 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 17. SIM servi ces Your SIM card may pro vide additional servic es that y ou can access. This menu is shown only if it is s upported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. To set the phone to s how you the conf irmation mes sages sent between y our phone and th e network when y ou are us ing the SIM service s, select Men u > Settings > Phone > Confir m SIM service actions > Ye s . Accessing these servic es may involve sending messages or making a phone call for which y ou may be char ged.
121 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 18. PC connectivity You can s end and receiv e e-mail, and access the Internet w hen your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through an infrared or a dat a cable (CA-42) connection. You can use y our phone wit h a variet y of PC connectivity a nd data communications applications. â Nokia PC S uite With Nokia PC Suite you can synchronize Con ta ct s , Calendar , To-do list , a nd Not es between your phone and the compatible PC or r emote Internet se rver (network servi ce) . You may find more information a bout Nokia PC Suite, for exa mple, downloadable files in the support area on the Nokia Web s ite at www .nokia.com/suppor t. â P acket da ta, HSC SD, and CSD With your phone you c an use packet data, high-speed circuit switched dat a (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD, G SM data ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work operator or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery faster than normal v oice or data calls. You may need t o connect the phone to a charger for the duration of data transfer. See Packet dat a (EGPRS) p. 75 .
122 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . â Dat a co mmu nic ati on a pp lic at ion s For information on using a data communication application, r efer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not r ecommended, as it might disrupt t he operation. For better per formance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary sur face with the keypad facing down. Do not move th e phone by holding it in your hand duri ng a dat a call.
123 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . 19. Battery info rma tion â Cha rgi ng an d di sc harg i ng Your de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new b attery is achieved only afte r two or three complet e charge and discharg e cycles. The batte ry can be ch arged an d dis charge d hu ndreds of times but i t wil l even tua lly we ar out. Wh en the talk an d standby time s are noticeably sho rter than no rmal, replace the b attery. Use o nly Nokia appr ov ed ba tt eri es, an d re cha rge yo ur bat tery on ly wi th Noki a ap pro ved ch arg er s designated for this device. Unplug the char ger from the electrica l plug and th e device when not in use. Do not leave a fu lly cha rged batt ery conn ected t o a charg er, since ove rcharg ing m ay sh ort en i ts life tim e. If lef t unuse d, a fu lly c harge d bat tery will los e its char ge ove r time. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is dama ged. Do not short-circui t the battery. Ac cidental short-circu iting can occur when a metalli c object such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct conn ection of the positive ( ) a nd negative ( - ) terminals of the b attery. (Thes e look like meta l strips on the b attery.) This might happen, for example, when you carr y a spare batt ery in your poc ket or purse . Short- circuiti ng the terminals ma y damage the batt ery or the connec ting object . Leaving th e batter y in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in s ummer or win ter conditions, w ill reduce the capacit y and lifetime of the batter y and its ability to charge. Always try to keep the battery between 1 5ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A device with a hot or cold battery ma y not work temporari ly, even when the batt ery is fully ch arged. Battery performa nce is parti cularl y limited in temperatu res well b elow fre ezing.
124 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Do not dispo se of batteri es in a fire as th ey may expl ode. Batter ies may als o expl ode if damaged. Dispos e of batteries according to lo cal regulatio ns. Please re cycle when possib le. Do not dis pos e as ho useh old waste . â Nokia batter y authent ication gu ideline s Always use orig inal Nokia batte ries for your sa fety. To check that you are gettin g an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an autho rized Nokia dealer, look for the Nokia Original Enhancements logo on the p ackaging and inspect the h ologra m label usin g the follow ing ste ps: Successful completio n of the four step s is not a total as surance of the authe nticity o f the battery. If you have any reason to belie ve that your battery is not an authenti c original Noki a battery, yo u should refra in from usi ng it and tak e it to the neares t authorized Nokia service poi nt or de ale r for as sist an ce. Your auth or ized Nok ia serv ice p oi nt or dea ler wi ll ins pe ct t he battery for authentici ty. If a uthenticity cannot be verified, return the battery to th e place of purcha se.
125 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Auth enti cate holo gr am 1. Wh en l ooking at th e ho logra m labe l, you sh ould s ee the Nok ia conne ctin g hands symb ol from one angl e an d the N okia Ori ginal E nhanc emen ts logo wh en looki ng f rom a nother a ngle . 2. When you ang le the ho logram l eft, righ t, down, a nd up, you sho uld s ee 1 , 2, 3 , an d 4 do ts on each si de re sp ecti ve ly . 3. Scr atch the side of the labe l to r eveal a 20-di git c ode, f or examp le, 12345 6789198765 43210 . Turn th e battery so that the numbers are fac ing upwa rds. The 20 -digi t code reads starting from the nu mber at the top row follow ed by the bottom row. 4. Confir m that th e 20-digit co de is valid by fo llowin g the instructions at www.nokia.com/ba tterychec k. To create a te xt messa ge, enter the 20-dig it cod e, for ex ample, 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 44 7786 200276. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll app ly. You should rece ive a messag e indica ting whether the code can be authentica ted.
126 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . What if your battery is not authentic? If you cannot confirm tha t your Nokia battery with the h ologram on the label is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Ta ke it to the neares t authorized Nokia service point or dealer for assista nce. The us e of a bat tery that is not appro ved by the ma nufactur er may be d ange rous an d m ay res ult in po or perf orm ance a nd damage to your d evice and i ts enhancements . It may also i nvalidate an y approval or warra nty applying to th e device. To find out more about or iginal Nokia batteries, vi sit www.nok ia.com/batte ry.
127 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Care a nd m ainten ance You r dev ice is a pr odu ct of s uper i or d es ign an d c raf ts ma nsh ip and s hou ld be tr ea te d wi th care. The suggestions bel ow will help you protect yo ur warranty coverage. ⢠Kee p the d evice dry. Prec ipitat ion, humidi ty a nd al l types of liqu ids o r moi sture can contain mineral s that will corrode el ectronic circu its. If your device does get wet, remove the battery a nd allow the d evice to dry comple tely befo re replac ing it. ⢠Do not us e or s tore the device in d usty, d irty are as. Its movi ng par ts an d e lectron ic co mpon ents c an be d ama ged. ⢠Do not store the devic e in h ot ar eas. Hig h tem peratur es can shorten the life of elect ronic de vices, dama ge b atteri es, and wa rp or melt c ert ain plasti cs. ⢠Do not store the devi ce in cold areas. When the de vice returns to its normal tem perature, mo istur e can form i nsid e th e devic e a nd dama ge e lectr onic c ircui t bo ards. ⢠Do not attemp t to open the dev ice other than as instructed in th is guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, o r shake the device. Ro ugh handling can break in ternal circuit boa rds and fi ne mech anic s. ⢠Do not use harsh chem icals, cleaning s olven ts, or stron g dete rgents to clea n the dev ice. ⢠Do not pa int t he dev ice. Paint c an cl og t he mov ing p arts an d p revent pro per op erat ion. ⢠Use a soft, cl ean, dry cloth to clea n any lenses ( such as camera, proxim ity sensor , and light s ensor l enses). ⢠Use only th e sup plied or an appro ved repl acem ent an tenn a. U naut horiz ed an tenn as, mo dificat ions , or at tachme nts co uld d amage the devic e and may vi olat e regu lations gov erni ng radio devices . ⢠Use cha rgers indoo rs.
128 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . ⢠Always creat e a backup of data you want to keep (such as contac ts and calendar note s) before sending your devi ce to a service facilit y. All of the abov e suggesti ons apply equal ly to your device, b attery, charg er, or any enhancement. If any device is not working properly, t ake it to the ne arest aut horized service facility for service.
129 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Add itiona l safet y inform ation Your d evice and i ts enh ancements ma y conta in small parts . Keep t hem out o f the reach of small childr en. â Operat ing envi ronm ent Remember to f ollow any spe cial regula tions in fo rce in any are a and always switch of f your device whe n its use is prohibi ted or when it may cause interfere nce or d anger. Us e the devic e only in it s normal opera ting posi tions. T his devi ce meets RF ex posure guid elines when used either i n the norm al us e positi on aga inst th e ear o r when pos itione d at le ast 2 .2 centime ters away fro m the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder i s used for b ody-worn operation, it s hould not c ont ain me tal a nd s hould posi tio n the devi ce th e ab ove- state d di stan ce fro m your body.I n o rder t o tran smit data fi les or mes sages, this device r eq uires a goo d qual ity connection to th e network. In s ome cases, transmis sion of data fil es or messa ges may be dela yed until such a connect ion is ava ilable. Ensure t he above separa tion dis tance instructi ons are fo llowed until the transm ission is co mplete d. Parts of the device a re magnetic. Metalli c materials may be at tracted to the d evice. Do not place cred it cards or o ther ma gnetic sto rage media near th e device , because i nformat ion st ored o n th em m ay be er ased . â Medical devic es Ope ration of a ny ra dio tra nsmi ttin g equipm ent, i nclud ing wi rel ess phon es, m ay int erfe re with the functi onality o f inadequ ately prot ected medica l device s. Consult a physician or t he manufacturer of the med ical device to determine if they are a dequate ly shielded from external RF energ y or if you have any q uestions. Switch off your device in heal th care facilitie s when an y regulatio ns posted in these ar eas ins truct you to do so . Hospit als or health care f aciliti es may be using equ ipment that could be sens itive to exter nal RF ener gy.
130 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Pacemaker s Pacemaker man ufacture rs recommend that a minimu m separatio n of 15.3 centime ters (6 inch es) b e m aintai ned betwe en a wirel ess pho ne and a pace make r to a void p ote ntial interferenc e with the pacemake r. These recommen dations are consisten t with the independen t researc h by and recommen dations of Wir eless Techno logy Rese arch. Person s wi th pacema kers shoul d do the follo wing: ⢠Always keep the device mo re than 15 .3 centimeters (6 inches) from t he pacemake r ⢠Not carry the de vice in a breast p ocket ⢠Hold the de vice to the ea r opposite the p acemaker to minimize the pote ntial for interference. If you suspect inte rference, s witch off your device, and move the device away. Hearing a ids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with so me hearing aids. If interference occurs, consu lt your servi ce provi der. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst alled or inad equate ly shielded electronic s ystems i n motor vehicl es such as electr onic fu el injectio n systems , electronic a ntis kid (antilo ck) br aking sys tem s, el ect roni c sp eed cont rol s yst ems, and air bag syste ms. For more information, check with the manufactu rer, or its repres enta tive, of your vehicl e or any eq uipmen t that has be en adde d. Only qualif ied person nel should ser vice the de vice, or insta ll the device in a vehicle . Faulty installatio n or servi ce may be dangerou s and may inval idate any warranty t hat may appl y to the device. Ch eck regula rly that all wirele ss device eq uipment in your vehic le is mounted and op eratin g pr operl y. D o not sto re or c arr y flam ma ble l iqui ds, ga ses, or explos iv e mat erial s in the same compar tment as the de vice, it s parts, or enhanceme nts. Fo r vehicles equ ipped
131 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . with an air b ag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, incl udin g inst alle d or port able w ire less equi pment in t he are a ove r th e air b ag or in the air bag deploy ment area . If in-veh icle wi reless equipment i s impro perly insta lled, a nd the air bag inflates, s erious injury could resu lt. Using your de vice while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operatio n of the airc raft, disru pt the wir eless tele phone netwo rk, and may be ille gal. â Potent iall y expl osive enviro nment s Switch off your device w hen in any area with a pot entially ex plosive a tmosphere, and obey all signs and instruct ions. Poten tiall y explosiv e atmosphere s includ e areas wher e you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engin e. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire res ulting in bodily injury or even death. Sw itch off the device at refueling poi nts such as near gas pu mps at s ervic e st ation s. O bser ve r est ricti ons o n t he us e of ra dio equi pment in fu el de po ts , sto rag e, and d ist ribut ion are as ; che mic al pla nts; or where bla sti ng operatio ns are in progr ess. A reas with a poten tiall y explosive atmosphere a re oft en, but not always, clearly marke d. They includ e below deck on boats , chemical trans fer or storage fac ilities , vehi cles usi ng liqu efie d petr oleum gas (such a s prop ane o r buta ne), a nd ar eas where the air contains chemicals or pa rticles s uch as grain, dus t, or metal p owders . â Emergen cy ca lls Important: Wi rel ess phon es, i ncludi ng th is devi ce, ope rate u sing r adio signa ls, wireles s netwo rks, l andlin e netw orks, and user-p rogra mme d functi ons. B ecause of this, conn ections in all conditio ns cannot be guara nteed. Y ou should never rely solely o n any wireles s device for esse ntial c ommunication s like medica l emerge ncies .
132 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . To mak e an e mergency call: 1. If the d evice is not on, switch it on. Check for adequ ate signal streng th. Some network s may require that a valid SIM ca rd is properly in serted in the device. 2. Press the end key as many ti mes as needed to clear the disp lay and ready the device for calls. 3. Enter the official emergency number for your presen t location. Emergency numbers vary by lo cat ion. 4. Press the call key. If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those fea tures off before you can make an emerge ncy call. Consult this gu ide or your service prov ider for more informa tion. When making an emergency call , give all the necessary i nformation as accuratel y as possible. Y our wirel ess device ma y be the only mean s of communica tion at the sc ene of an acc ident. Do no t end t he ca ll until gi ven pe rmiss ion to do so. â Ce rtif icat ion inf orm ati on (SA R) This mobi le device meets guideli nes for exp osure to radio waves Your mobile device is a rad io transmitt er and re ceiver. I t is design ed not to excee d the limits for exposure to ra dio waves recommended by international g uidelines. These guidelines were dev e lope d by the in depe nd en t s cien tif i c org an iza tion ICNI RP a nd inc lud e sa fe ty ma rgins desi gned to a ssure the pro tectio n o f all pe rs ons, r egard les s of ag e an d he alth. Th e expo su re gui del ines for mo bile devi ces e mpl oy a unit of m eas ureme nt kn own as t he Specifi c Absorpt ion Rate o r SAR. The SAR lim it state d in the IC NIRP guid elines i s 2.0 watt s/ kil ogram (W /kg) av erag ed ov er 10 gra ms of tissue . Tes ts for SAR are co nduct ed u sing standard o perating pos itions w ith the device tra nsmit ting at its hi ghest cert ified pow er level in all t ested fre quency band s. Th e act ual S AR le vel of an o per ating d evi ce can be b elow the maximum value becaus e the device is designe d to use onl y the power r equired to r each the
133 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . netw ork . That amo unt cha nges depe nding on a num ber of fact ors such as how close yo u are to a network base statio n. The high est SAR value u nder the ICNIRP guide lines for u se of the d evi ce a t th e ea r i s 0 .6 0 W /k g. Use of device acce ssories and enh ancements ma y result in differe nt SAR values. SAR values may var y depe nding on nat ion al re porting an d test ing re quire ment s and the network band . Ad dition al SAR info rmati on may be pr ovided un der product inform atio n at ww w.no kia.com .
134 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . Index A access c odes ......... ..... ........... ...... 14 accesso ries See enhancements. .. ...... ........... 12 alarm clock ....... ..... ........... ........... 86 antenna ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 21 application download .... ........... 16 audio messaging ....... ........... ...... 42 B barring password . ........... ..... ...... 15 battery authe ntic ation ... ...... ......... 124 charge level ........ ........... ...... 23 charging ......... ..... ........ 19 , 12 3 installati on .... ..... ........... ...... 17 bookmarks .. ...... .......... ........... .... 112 browser appearance s ettings ........ 111 bookmar ks ...... ........... ..... .... 112 browsing pages ....... ..... .... 109 cache memory ... ...... ......... 115 certificates ...... .......... ...... ... 117 cookies .. ........... .......... ...... ... 112 digital signature . ........... ... 118 scrip t set ting s . .......... ...... ...112 security module ....... ......... 116 set u p ..... ..... ........... ........... ... 108 business cards .. ........... ..... ........... 60 C cache me mory ....... .......... ...... ... 115 calculator .......... ...... .......... ........... 91 calendar ... .......... ........... ..... ........... 87 calendar note ... ........... ........... ..... 87 call functions ... ........... ........... ..... 27 call key ..... .......... ...... .......... ........... 22 call register .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 67 call settings ...... ...... .......... ........... 71 call waiting .. ..... ........... ..... ........... 28 caller groups ........... ..... ........... ..... 63 calls answer ........ ........... ..... ........... 28 call waiting ..... .......... ........... 28
135 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . international . ........... ........... 27 making of ....... ........... ..... ...... 27 options during call ...... ...... 28 recent calls list ........ ........... 67 reject .......... ..... ........... ........... 28 speed dialing . ........... ........... 27 voice dialing .. ........... ..... ...... 65 camera record a video clip .. ........... 82 take a photo .. ........... ..... ...... 82 care ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ......... 127 certificates ....... .......... ...... ......... 117 certification informati on ... .... 132 charge the batter y ......... ..... ...... 19 circuit swit ched data ..... ..... .... 121 clock settings ... .......... ........... ...... 71 codes acces s ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 barring password ......... ...... 15 PIN ... ........... ..... ........... ........... 14 PUK ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 secu rity ...... .......... ...... ........... 14 UPIN ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 configuration ... .......... ...... ........... 77 configuration setting service .1 5 contact information ....... ...... ..... 16 contacts bu sine ss c ards ..... ........... ..... 60 caller groups ........ ..... ........... 63 copy ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... 58 delete ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 59 edit details ...... .......... ........... 59 my numbers ......... ........... ..... 66 my presence ......... ..... ........... 60 save ........ ........... ..... ........... ..... 57 search .... ........... ..... ........... ..... 57 service numbers .. ........... ..... 66 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 63 speed dialing .. .......... .... 63 , 65 subscribed names .... ........... 61 cookies .......... ........... ..... ........... ... 112 countdown timer ....... ..... ........... 93 counters ... .......... ...... .......... ........... 67 CSD ........... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 121 customer service ... .......... ........... 16 D data communication . ..... ......... 121 date setti ngs .... ........... ..... ........... 71 delete
136 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . e-mail ... ...... .......... ........... ...... 52 messages ........ ........... ..... ...... 53 dictionary .... ........... ........... ..... ...... 30 digital signature .. ..... ........... .... 118 display settings ......... ...... ........... 70 downloads applications ... ........... .. 16 , 11 3 content ...... .......... ........... ...... 16 files .. ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 113 E earpiece .. ........... .......... ...... ........... 22 EGPRS ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 75 e-mail ..... ........... .......... ...... ........... 49 e-mail settings ..... ........... ..... ...... 55 emergency calls ... ........... ..... .... 131 end call ........ ........... ..... ........... ...... 27 end key ........ ...... .......... ........... ...... 22 enhancement settings ........ ...... 76 enhancements . .......... ...... ........... 12 F factory settings .... ........... ..... ...... 79 fla sh mes sa ges ..... ..... ........... ...... 41 folders inbox . .......... ...... .......... .... 40 , 51 other . ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 51 outbox ... ........... .......... ...... ..... 40 save d i tems ..... ..... ........... ..... 40 sent items .. ........... ..... ........... 40 fo nt si ze ... .......... ...... .......... ........... 56 G gallery ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 81 H handsfree. See loudspeak er. help text .. ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 73 high-speed circuit switched da ta 121 HSCS D ...... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 121 I IM ... ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 43 IMAP4 ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 49 indicators .......... ...... .......... ........... 25 info mess ages .. ........... ..... ........... 52 infrared connection ...... ..... ........... ..... 74 port ......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 22
137 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . installation battery ....... .......... ...... ........... 17 SIM card .... .......... ...... ........... 17 instant messaging accept invitation .......... ...... 46 availability .......... ...... ........... 47 block ........... .......... ...... ........... 48 con ta ct s ..... ..... ........... ........... 47 conversation ....... ...... ........... 47 groups .. ........... ..... ........... ...... 48 read ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 46 reject invitation . ........... ...... 46 servi ce ........ .......... ........... ...... 44 st art se ss ion .. ........... ..... ...... 44 unblock ...... .......... ........... ...... 48 Internet .. ........... .......... ...... ......... 108 IR. See infrared. K keyguard ................ ........... ..... ...... 26 keypad lock ................ ........... ...... 26 keys ..... .......... ........... ..... ........... ...... 22 L language ..... ...... .......... .......... 30 , 32 lights ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 76 location information ...... ......... 118 lock the key pad .......... ..... ........... 26 log ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 67 loudspeaker ...... ........... ......... 22 , 28 M maintenance .... ........... ...... 16 , 127 media camera .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 82 radio ....... ..... ........... ........... ..... 83 rec ord e r . ........... ..... ........... ..... 85 memory cache ..... ..... ........... .... 110 , 115 capacity ........... ..... ........... ..... 81 copy ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... 58 ful l .......... ........... ..... ......... 35 , 40 selec t ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 63 shared memory ... ..... ........... 12 SIM ......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 57 statu s ..... ........... ..... ......... 63 , 72 menu .. ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 33 message center number ........... 34 message counter ........ ..... ........... 56 message length indicator ........ 35
138 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . message settings . ........... ........... 53 MMS settings .. .......... ........... ...... 54 MMS. See multimedia messages. modem settings ... ..... ........... ...... 75 multimedia messages ......... ...... 37 my numbers ..... .......... ........... ...... 66 my presence ..... .......... ........... ...... 60 my shortcuts ......... ........... ..... ...... 69 N names. See contacts. navigation ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 33 navigation key ...... ..... ........... ...... 22 network EG SM .... ...... .......... ........... ...... 11 GSM . ........... ..... ........... ........... 11 name on display ...... ........... 23 servi ces ........... ........... ..... ...... 11 Nokia contact and support ..... 16 note alarm ........ .......... ........... ...... 87 notes .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... 88 O operator menu ...... ........... ..... ...... 80 organizer ..... ........... ..... ........... ...... 86 overview functions ... ........... ..... ........... 13 keys and parts .......... ........... 22 P packet data ....... ...... .......... . 75 , 121 parts .... ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 22 PC connectivity ......... ........... ... 121 PC Suite ........... ..... ........... ... 121 synchronization .. ........... ..... 91 personalize the phone ... ...... ..... 68 phone lock. See key pad lock. phone settings ....... ..... ........... ..... 72 phone strap ...... ...... .......... ........... 21 phonebook ........ ...... .......... ........... 57 photos ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 82 PIN code ....... ........... ..... ........... ..... 20 PIN codes ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 14 POP3 ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 49 Pop-Port connect or ........ ........... 22 positioning ........ ........... ..... ......... 118 power key .......... ........... ..... ........... 22 power saving .......... .......... ...... ..... 24 predictive text input . ......... 30 , 31
139 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . profiles ......... ........... ..... ........... ...... 68 PTT ke y ......... ........... ..... ........... ...... 22 PUK codes ... ........... ........... ..... ...... 14 punctuation marks ... ........... ...... 32 push to talk key ........ ...... ........... 22 R radio ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 83 recent calls list ..... ........... ..... ...... 67 re cor de r ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 85 repair ser vice ........ ..... ........... ...... 16 ringing tones .... ..... 63 , 69 , 81 , 82 S safe ty additional information ... 129 certification inf ormation (SAR) ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 132 emer gency calls . ........... .... 131 enhancements ... ........... ...... 12 guidelines .. .......... ........... ...... ... 9 operating environment .. 129 SAR .. ........... .......... ...... ......... 132 SAR ..... .......... ........... ..... ........... .... 132 scree n saver .......... ..... ........... ...... 24 scri pt sett in gs .. ........... ........... ... 112 scroll key. See navigat ion key. sec urit y codes . .......... ........... ..... ........... 14 module ....... ...... .......... ......... 116 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 78 selection k eys ... ........... ..... .... 22 , 23 server synchronization .. ........... 89 servi ce commands ....... .......... ........... 53 numbers ........... .......... ...... ..... 66 servi ce s .... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 108 se ttings .... .......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 68 call settings .... .......... ...... ..... 71 clock .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 71 configuration ....... ..... ........... 77 connectivity ......... ........... ..... 74 date ... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 71 display ........ ........... ........... ..... 70 EGPRS .... ........... .......... ...... ..... 75 enhancements ..... ........... ..... 76 IR ........ .......... ...... .......... ........... 74 messages ... ........... ..... ........... 53 modem settings .. ........... ..... 75 my shortcuts ... ..... ........... ..... 69
140 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . packet data .... ........... ..... ...... 75 phone settings ... ........... ...... 72 profiles ....... ..... ........... ........... 68 restore fact ory settings .... 79 service inbox ...... ........... .... 114 shortcuts ... ..... ........... ........... 69 themes ....... .......... ........... ...... 68 time . ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 71 tones ........... .......... ...... ........... 69 shared memory ......... ........... ...... 12 shortcuts ..... ...... .......... .......... 23 , 69 in standby mode ..... ........... 24 navigation key ......... ..... ...... 24 personal list ........ ........... ...... 23 signal strength .......... ...... ........... 23 SIM card installation .......... ...... 17 SIM services .......... ..... ........... .... 120 SMS ......... ........... .......... ...... ........... 34 SMS e-mail ........... ........... ........... 35 SMS settings ......... ........... ..... ...... 53 SMS templates ..... ........... ........... 36 special charact ers ..... ...... ........... 32 speed d ialing ......... ........ 27 , 63 , 65 standby mode ....... ........... ..... ...... 23 stopwatch ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 92 str ap .... ...... .......... ........... ..... ........... 21 subscribed names add contacts ........ ........... ..... 62 unsubscribe a contact ...... 63 support .......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 16 switch on and off ....... ........... ..... 20 symbols .... .......... ...... .......... ........... 25 synchronization ..... .......... ........... 89 T take a photo ..... ........... ..... ........... 82 templates .......... ...... .......... ........... 36 te xt mes sa g e .......... ..... ........... ..... 34 text message sett ings .... ........... 53 text writing .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 30 the me s ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 68 time settings .......... ..... ........... ..... 71 timers . ...... .......... ........... ..... ........... 67 to-do list . .......... ...... .......... ........... 88 tones ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 69 traditional text input ..... .... 30 , 32 U unlock ke ypad .. ........... ..... ........... 26 UPIN .... ...... .......... ........... ..... .... 14 , 79
141 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved . UPIN code ......... ..... ........... ........... 20 V vibrating a lert ....... ........... ..... ...... 69 video clip ........... .......... ...... ........... 82 voice command key . ........... ...... 22 voice commands .. ........... ........... 64 voice dialing add voice t ags .......... ........... 64 make a call .... ........... ..... ...... 65 manage voice tags . ..... ...... 64 voice messages ..... ........... ..... ...... 52 voice tags .......... .......... ...... ........... 64 volume keys ............... ........... ...... 22 W wallpaper .......... ...... .......... .... 68 , 70 We b bookmarks . ........... ........... ... 112 connect ...... ........... ..... ......... 108 wireless markup language .. ... 108 WML ......... .......... ...... .......... ......... 108 write text mes sage .... ........... ..... 35 writing language ... .......... ........... 30 writing text .. ..... ........... ..... ........... 30 X XH TM L 108
142 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights res erved .